Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • 1980-1984  (98)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (98)
  • Social sciences.  (89)
  • Conflict of laws.  (9)
Datenlieferant
Materialart
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Jahr
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955523
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: This text is concerned with those aspects of mathematics that are necessary for first-degree students of chemistry. It is written from the point of view that an element of mathematical rigour is essential for a proper appreciation of the scope and limitations of mathematical methods, and that the connection between physical principles and their mathematical formulation requires at least as much study as the mathematical principles themselves. It is written with chemistry students particularly in mind because that subject provides a point of view that differs in some respects from that of students of other scientific disciplines. Chemists in particular need insight into three­ dimensional geometry and an appreciation of problems involving many variables. It is also a subject that draws particular benefit from having available two rigorous disciplines, those of mathematics and of thermodynamics. The benefit of rigour is that it provides a degree of certainty which is valuable in a subject of such complexity as is provided by the behaviour of real chemical systems. As an experimen­ tal science, we attempt in chemistry to understand and to predict behaviour by combining precise experimental measurement with such rigorous theory as may be at the time available; these seldom provide a complete picture but do enable areas of uncertainty to be identified
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Algebraic and geometrical methods1.1 Natural numbers -- 1.2 Units and dimensional analysis -- 1.3 Functional notation -- 1.4 Quadratic and higher-order equations -- 1.5 Dependent and independent variables -- 1.6 Graphical methods -- 1.7 Some geometrical methods -- 1.8 Factorials and gamma functions -- 1.9 Probability -- 1.10 Complex numbers -- 2 Differential calculus -- 2.1 Significance and notation -- 2.2 The calculus limit -- 2.3 Differentiation of simple functions -- 2.4 The use of differentials; implicit differentiation -- 2.5 Logarithms and exponentials -- 2.6 The chain rule and differentiation by substitution -- 2.7 Turning points: maxima, minima and points of inflection -- 2.8 Maxima and minima subject to constraint; Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers -- 2.9 Series -- 2.10 The evaluation of limits by L’Hôpital’s rule -- 2.11 The principles of Newtonian mechanics -- 3 Differential calculus in three or more dimensions; partial differentiation -- 3.1 Significance and notation -- 3.2 An alternative approach to calculus -- 3.3 The total differential -- 3.4 General expression for a total differential -- 3.5 Exact differentials -- 3.6 Relations between partial derivatives -- 3.7 Extensive and intensive variables; Euler’s theorem -- 3.8 Taylor’s theorem in partial derivatives -- 3.9 Vectors -- 4 Integration -- 4.1 Significance and notation -- 4.2 Standard methods of integration -- 4.3 Standard forms of integral and numerical methods -- 4.4 Multiple integration -- 4.5 Differentiation of integrals; Leibnitz’s theorem -- 4.6 The Euler-Maclaurin Theorem -- 5 Applications of integration -- 5.1 Plane area -- 5.2 Plane elements of area -- 5.3 Elements of volume; polar coordinates in three dimensions -- 5.4 Line integrals -- 5.5 Curve length by integration -- 5.6 Applications of multiple integration -- 5.7 The calculus of variations -- 5.8 Generalized dynamics -- 6 Differential equations -- 6.1 Significance and notation -- 6.2 Equations of first order, first degree -- 6.3 Linear differential equations -- 6.4 Integral transforms -- 7 Experimental error and the method of least squares -- 7.1 Significance -- 7.2 Root-mean-square error -- 7.3 Distribution of error -- 7.4 The statistical analysis of experimental data -- 7.5 Propagation of error -- 7.6 Small-sample errors -- 7.7 The normal distribution of error -- 7.8 The method of least squares -- Appendix SI units, physical constants and conversion factors; the Greek alphabet and a summary of useful relations -- Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401770484
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 1207 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Political science.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955400
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 210 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction to electron beam instruments -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Basic properties of electron emitters -- 1.3 Electron optics, electron lenses and deflection systems -- References -- 2 Electron-specimen interactions -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Elastically scattered electrons -- 2.3 Inelastically scattered electrons -- 2.4 Generation of X-rays -- 2.5 Generation of Auger electrons -- 2.6 Generation of electron beam induced current and cathodoluminescence signals -- References -- 3 Layout and operational modes of electron beam instruments -- 3.1 Transmission electron microscopy -- 3.2 Scanning electron microscopy -- 3.3 Scanning transmission electron microscopy -- 3.4 Auger electron spectroscopy -- 3.5 Electron microprobe analysis -- 3.6 X-ray spectrometers -- 3.7 Electron spectrometers -- References -- 4 Interpretation of diffraction information -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Analysis of electron diffraction patterns -- 4.3 Interpretation of diffraction maxima associated with phase transformations and magnetic samples -- 4.4 Interpretation of diffraction patterns from twinned crystals -- 4.5 Interpretation of channelling patterns and backscattered electron patterns in scanning electron microscopy -- References -- 5 Analysis of micrographs in TEM, STEM, HREM and SEM -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Theories of diffraction contrast in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.3 Analysis of images in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.4 Influence of electron optical conditions on images in TEM and STEM -- 5.5 Interpretation of high resolution electron microscopy images -- 5.6 Interpretation of scanning electron microscopy images -- References -- 6 Interpretation of analytical data -- 6.1 Interpretation of X-ray data -- 6.2 Interpretation of data from thin samples -- 6.3 Interpretation of X-ray data from bulk samples -- 6.4 Interpretation of electron energy loss spectra -- 6.5 Interpretation of Auger spectra -- 6.6 Spatial resolution of analysis -- References -- Appendix A The reciprocal lattice -- Appendix B Interplanar distances and angles in crystals. Cell volumes. Diffraction group symmetries -- Appendix C Kikuchi maps, standard diffraction patterns and extinction distances -- Appendix D Stereomicroscopy and trace analysis -- Appendix E Tables of X-ray and EELS energies.
    Kurzfassung: The examination of materials using electron beam techniques has developed continuously for over twenty years and there are now many different methods of extracting detailed structural and chemical information using electron beams. These techniques which include electron probe microanalysis, trans­ mission electron microscopy, Auger spectroscopy and scanning electron microscopy have, until recently, developed more or less independently of each other. Thus dedicated instruments designed to optimize the performance for a specific application have been available and correspondingly most of the available textbooks tend to have covered the theory and practice of an individual technique. There appears to be no doubt that dedicated instru­ ments taken together with the specialized textbooks will continue to be the appropriate approach for some problems. Nevertheless the underlying electron-specimen interactions are common to many techniques and in view of the fact that a range of hybrid instruments is now available it seems appropriate to provide a broad-based text for users of these electron beam facilities. The aim of the present book is therefore to provide, in a reasonably concise form, the material which will allow the practitioner of one or more of the individual techniques to appreciate and to make use of the type of information which can be obtained using other electron beam techniques.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955769
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Signals, systems and communications -- Communication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a first introduction to the subject of telecommunications suit­ able for first and second year undergraduates following degree or similar courses in electronic engineering. There are very few specific prerequisites other than a general background in electric circuit principles and a level of mathematical maturity consistent with entry to engineering courses in British universities. The intention is to provide a broad perspective of modern telecommunication principles and applications. Following a general overview of telecommunications, a thorough, albeit introductory, treatment is provided of underlying principles such as signal representation and analysis, sampling, analogue and digital trans­ of several mission, modulation and coding. The book concludes with a description important systems applications which serve as case studies to illustrate further the principles introduced and demonstrate their application in a practical context. Many people have contributed, directly and indirectly, to this book. I am espe­ cially grateful to Professor Kel Fidler of the Open University for suggesting that I write the book and for the support and guidance he has provided throughout the endeavour. The Telecommunications Research Group of the Department of Elec­ trical Engineering Science at the University of Essex has provided a stimulating environment in which to develop my appreciation of telecommunication systems and in particular Professor Ken Cattermole has influenced my thinking greatly.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Signals, systems and communicationsCommunication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955486
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 218 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Third Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    Kurzfassung: This practical manual is devised for organic chemists and biochemists who, in the course of their researches and without previous experience, need to determine an ionization constant. We are gratified that earlier editions were much used for this purpose and that they also proved adequate for the in­ service training of technicians and technical officers to provide a Department with a pK service. The features of previous editions that gave this wide appeal have been retained, but the subject matter has been revised, extended, and brought up to date. We present two new chapters, one of which describes the determination of the stability constants of the complexes which organic ligands form with metal cations. The other describes the use of more recently introduced techniques for the determination of ionization constants, such as Raman and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, thermometric titrations, and paper electro­ phoresis. Chapter 1 gives enhanced help in choosing between alternative methods for determining ionization constants. The two chapters on potentiometric methods have been extensively revised in the light of newer understanding of electrode processes and of the present state of the art in instrumen tation.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955707
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 288 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400956162
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction -- Joint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint — End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint — Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape — Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding — Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: The intention of this book is that it should contain everything an engineer needs to know to be able to design and produce adhesively bonded joints which are required to carry significant loads. The advan­ tages and disadvantages of bonding are given, together with a sufficient understanding of the necessary mechanics and chemistry to enable the designer to make a sound engineering judgement in any particular case. The stresses in joints are discussed extensively so that the engineer can get sufficient philosophy or feel for them, or can delve more deeply into the mathematics to obtain quantitative solutions even with elasto­ plastic behaviour. A critical description is given of standard methods of testing adhesives, both destructively and non-destructively. The essen­ tial chemistry of adhesives and the importance of surface preparation are described and guidance is given for adhesive selection by me ans of check lists. For many applications, there will not be a unique adhesive which alone is suitable, and factors such as cost, convenience, produc­ tion considerations or familiarity may be decisive. A list of applications is given as examples. The authors wish to increase the confidence of engineers using adhesive bonding in load-bearing applications by the information and experience presented. With increasing experience of adhesives en­ gineering, design will become more elegant as weH as more fitted to its products.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. IntroductionJoint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint - End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint - Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape - Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding - Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955561
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Receptors and Recognition 16
    Serie: Series B 16
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Immunogenetic Approaches to Cell Surface Molecules in the Mouse -- 2 Genetics of the Human Red Cell Surface -- 3 Analysis of the Human Cell Surface by Somatic Cell Genetics -- 4 Molecular Genetics of the HLA Region -- 5 Cell Genetic Analysis of the Receptor Systems for Bioactive Polypeptides -- 6 Genetics of the Cell Surface of the Preimplantation Embryo: Studies on Antigens Determined by Chromosome 17 in the Mouse -- 7 The Male-Specific Antigen (H-Y) and Sexual Differentiation.
    Kurzfassung: The cell surface is the barrier between the cell and its environment which regulates the flow of both simple and complex molecules into and out of the cell; it is also the organelle responsible for communication between the cell and its environment. Each cell expresses receptors for a wide variety of hormones, growth factors, growth substrates and other cells. In multicellular organisms communication between cells is required for controlling development, cellular differentiation, morphogenesis and, in a more general sense, integration of myriad cell types into a single organism. The series Receptors and Recognition has as its overall aim the dissection of the cell surface to correlate structure and function for this complex organelle. In most of the preceding volumes the approach has been biochemical or physiological. In this volume the mammalian cell surface is analysed by a genetic approach. Genetic analysis of the cell surface, especially when combined with immuno­ logical techniques, has a long history. In 1900 Landsteiner showed that serum from one individual could agglutinate the red cells of another. Besides the practical result of making blood transfusion safe, this was the first demon­ stration of a human genetic polymorphism and for the next 50 years the red blood cell surface provided most of the genetic markers used to study human populations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955448
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Principles of thin section preparation -- 1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    Kurzfassung: One of the first major studies of weathering and soil formation was made by Harrison (1933) who used thin sections in association with other procedures to study the transformation of minerals in different kinds of rock under the tropical conditions of Guyana. However, Kubiena (1938) is regarded as pioneering thin section studies of soils and during the last two decades there has been a rapid increase in the number of publications devoted almost exclusively to the study of soils in thin sections. In addition to the rather straightforward examinations with the polarizing microscope, thin section techniques are being linked with X-ray diffraction, X-ray microprobe, transmission and scanning electron microscopy, microbiological and other procedures to obtain a fuller insight into the composition and genesis of soils. Thus the study of thin sections of soils is now a major pedological technique for investigating small details in the nature, type and degree of organization of the soil fabric and structure. Thin sections reveal that particles of various sizes and composition react differently to pedological processes and become weathered or organized to form many specific patterns. This book is an attempt to give a comprehensive treatment of thin section studies of soils. Although primarily about the study of thin sections with optical microscopes a few transmission and scanning electron photomicro­ graphs are included to confirm the inferences based upon the studies made with the optical microscope.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Principles of thin section preparation1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401091633
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: C. D. Darlington — In Memoriam -- Molecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology — Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: C. D. Darlington - In MemoriamMolecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology - Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096898
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Fundamental principles -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    Kurzfassung: This text outlines the fluid and thermodynamic principles that apply to all classes of turbomachines, and the material has been presented in a unified way. The approach has been used with successive groups of final year mechanical engineering students, who have helped with the development of the ideas outlined. As with these students, the reader is assumed to have a basic understanding of fluid mechanics and thermodynamics. However, the early chapters combine the relevant material with some new concepts, and provide basic reading references. Two related objectives have defined the scope of the treatment. The first is to provide a general treatment of the common forms of turbo machine, covering basic fluid dynamics and thermodynamics of flow through passages and over surfaces, with a brief derivation of the fundamental governing equations. The second objective is to apply this material to the various machines in enough detail to allow the major design and performance factors to be appreciated. Both objectives have been met by grouping the machines by flow path rather than by application, thus allowing an appreciation of points of similarity or difference in approach. No attempt has been made to cover detailed points of design or stressing, though the cited references and the body of information from which they have been taken give this sort of information. The first four chapters introduce the fundamental relations, and the suc­ ceeding chapters deal with applications to the various flow paths.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Fundamental principles1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789401168250
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (227 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: The economic crisis and the social security -- Synthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The economic crisis and the social securitySynthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511810
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Developments in International Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law.
    Kurzfassung: I: The Evolution of the Doctrine of State Immunity -- 1 — Historical Background -- 2 — Emergence of a Specific Rule of State Immunity -- 3 — The Transition to Restricted Immunity in Major Absolute Immunity Jurisdictions -- 4 — Proposed Criteria for the Distinction between Public Acts and Private Acts of the Foreign State -- II: The Doctrine of State Immunity: A Critical View -- 1 — Some Theoretical Considerations -- 2 — Inferences Regarding State Immunity -- 3 — Common Ground between “Absolutists” and “Restrictionists” -- 4 — Immunity from Execution -- III: The Seven Recent Instruments: Common Features and Distinctive Provisions -- 1 — Immunity From Suit -- 2 — Immunity From Execution -- 3 — The Current State of the Law -- 4 — The Work of Learned Bodies -- Conclusions -- Notes -- Appendices -- Subject and Name Index -- Cases Cited.
    Kurzfassung: Ours is a world in which the volume of the external trade of the vast majority of nations has greatly expanded and continues to be on the rise. Transnational intercourse of all kinds is now a feature of an interdependent world economy in which no nation can afford to stand aloof from a market-place which has assumed global dimensions. It is also a world where many nations, and not only of the Socialist bloc, conduct some of their transnational business themselves, or else they entrust it to state-owned cor­ porations and to agencies of the state. In these circumstances it becomes of prime importance to know whether a foreign state or an agency or instrumentality thereof can be sued before the local courts and, if so, whether the final judgement obtained can be enforced against the funds or property of the judgement debtor. The question of the immunity of states from suit and from execution is thus one of direct practical relevance not only to the legal profession but also to governments and the business and banking communities all over the world. The economic effects of a particular legal stand on state immunity are obvious. The position of national courts on state immunity can either attract more business or discourage further dealings with foreign states or their agencies. It can thus affect the balance of payments and, in general, the role the country plays in the world market.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I: The Evolution of the Doctrine of State Immunity1 - Historical Background -- 2 - Emergence of a Specific Rule of State Immunity -- 3 - The Transition to Restricted Immunity in Major Absolute Immunity Jurisdictions -- 4 - Proposed Criteria for the Distinction between Public Acts and Private Acts of the Foreign State -- II: The Doctrine of State Immunity: A Critical View -- 1 - Some Theoretical Considerations -- 2 - Inferences Regarding State Immunity -- 3 - Common Ground between “Absolutists” and “Restrictionists” -- 4 - Immunity from Execution -- III: The Seven Recent Instruments: Common Features and Distinctive Provisions -- 1 - Immunity From Suit -- 2 - Immunity From Execution -- 3 - The Current State of the Law -- 4 - The Work of Learned Bodies -- Conclusions -- Notes -- Appendices -- Subject and Name Index -- Cases Cited.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955424
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    Kurzfassung: des Plantes (Hermann, Paris), and in 1935 by Lederer's Les Carotenoides des Animaux (Hermann, Paris). Since then a survey such as the present one has not appeared. In order to present a full picture, much of the pre-1934 work has been reconsidered and, as far as is known, every important contribution which has appeared since that date has been discussed. Two peripheral aspects ofthe subject have, however, been omitted, namely (a) the qualita­ tive and quantitative changes which the carotenoids of plant materials undergo in storage or during processing into food and (b) the carotene (pro-vitamin A) requirements of different animal species; it was felt that the former, about which a great deal has been written, was too technological to be suitable for inclusion in the present volume, whilst the latter is more suitable for a monograph on vitamin A. The very wide distribution of the carotenoids in Nature suggests that, in spite of the superficially diverse functions ascribed to them in different living tissues, there may be some factor or property through which all these functions will eventually be correlated; any suggestion as to the nature of this common property can perhaps come most readily from a comparative approach. Apart from critically surveying the literature this book has been constructed so as to focus attention on comparative data and their possible implications.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159890
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    Kurzfassung: This short text is designed to provide basic information about plant and microbial lipids not only for scientists working in the microbiological and plant fields, but for anyone wanting a concise introduction to this aspect of lipid biochemistry. We have long been aware that standard biochemistry books tend to. concentrate (sometimes exclusively) on animal lipids, thus neglecting many of the important and special features of other organisms. It is not our intention that the book should be comprehensive and we have not, for instance, provided complete lists of lipid compositions of all plants and bacterial species; a number of excellent specialist texts exist and many of these are listed for further reading. Instead we have sought to provide sufficient information for an advanced undergraduate or a research student to give them a 'feel' for the subject. By a combination of generalisation and the use of examples of special interest we hope the book will whet the appetite of the reader so that, by their own research, they are stimulated to discover and, perhaps, answer some of the fascinating questions concerning plant and microbial lipids. We trust that we shall succeed in these aims, even if that will mean more competition for research funds in our own fields! J. L. HARWOOD N. J. RUSSELL November 1983 Acknowledgements Our research careers have been devoted to a study of lipids: we have no regrets and are happy to acknowledge Professors J. N.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401577014
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 182 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The nature of viruses -- 2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The nature of viruses2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789400932838
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human Adaptation -- I. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers — practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    Kurzfassung: The widespread interest in "stressful" aspects of contemporary society which contribute to its burden of illness and diseases (e.g. gastro intestinal, cardiovascular) has led to a large number of state­ ments and reports which relate the manifestations to a maladaptation of the individual. Furthermore, recent research suggests that under some condi tions stress may have a more generalized effect of decreasing the body's ability to combat destructive forces and expose it to a variety of diseases. Breakdown in adaptation occurs when an individual cannot cope with demands inherent in his environment. These may be due to an excessive mental or physical load, including factors of a social or psychological nature and task performance requirements ranging from those which are monotonous, simple and repetitive to complex, fast, decision-taking ones. Experience shows however that not all people placed under the same condi tions suffer similarly, and it follows that to the social and psychological environment should be added a genetic factor influencing, through the brain, the responses of individuals. It is clear that, besides human suffering, this "breakdown in adaptation" causes massive losses of revenue to industry and national health authorities. Thus a reduction in "stress", before "breakdown" occurs, or an improvement in coping with it would be very valuable.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human AdaptationI. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers - practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955363
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    Kurzfassung: The aim of this book is to identify the main areas of active discussion about, and research into, the biology of animal behaviour, to describe and assess ways in which these can be studied and using selected examples, to illus­ trate the kinds of results which are emerging. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive review of all we know about animal behaviour, although the examples have been chosen to cover as many as possible of the things that animals do. XlV Preface Acknowledgements I would like to thank C. Swann, M.L.N. Murthy and the Superbrain for typing the manuscript; Linda Partridge, Pat Monaghan, Douglas Fraser and Richard Wilson for constructive criticism of earlier drafts; Alan Crowden for help in planning and producing the book and, particularly, Tim Huntingford for help and encouragement at all stages of its pro­ duction. Acknowledgements are gratefully made to Jim Tulley fot producing plates 1, 2, 3, 7 and 12 and to Michael Hansell for the remainder.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955622
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I Theoretical -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The rapid growth of interest in powders and their surface properties in many diverse industries prompted the writing of this book for those who have the need to make meaningful measurements without the benefit of years of experience. It is intended as an introduction to some of the elementary theory and experimental methods used to study the surface area, porosity and density of powders. It may be found useful by those with little or no training in solid surfaces who have the need to quickly learn the rudiments of surface area, density and pore-size measurements. Syosset, New York S. Lowell May, 1983 J. E. Shields Xl List of symbols Use of symbols for purposes other than those indicated in the following list are so defined in the text. Some symbols not shown in this list are defined in the text. d adsorbate cross-sectional area A area; condensation coefficient; collision frequency C BET constant c concentration D diameter; coefficient of thermal diffusion E adsorption potential f permeability aspect factor F flow rate; force; feed rate 9 gravitational constant G Gibbs free energy GS free surface energy h heat of immersion per unit area; height H enthalpy Hi heat of immersion Hsv heat of adsorption BET intercept; filament current k thermal conductivity; specific reaction rate K Harkins-Jura constant I length L heat of liquefaction M mass M molecular weight n number of moles N number of molecules; number of particles N Avagadro's number .
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I Theoretical1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160537
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. The Medium and the Market — An Overview -- 1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    Kurzfassung: Modern technology began in the 1950's and 1960's, with the devel­ opment of transistor technology. At first it was useful in improving the performance of voice communications. But then it made possible extraordinary computer capability in manageable size-and at man­ ageable cost. First came large mainframe computers for only the largest companies; and later the microcomputer as we know it today. The increasing use of computers, in the 1960's with their ability to manipulate and store vast quantities of information, stimulated the need for computers to communicate with one another and so tele­ phone circuits had to be segregated and conditioned specifically for computer traffic, using the modem. Computers ushered in a new era of business communications in which data could be developed, ma­ nipulated, stored or transmitted with remarkable ease. The recent pace of technological advancement has been breath­ taking and, today, the distinction between communications and computers is no longer even necessary. Computers, at the very core of communications networks, route and control communications on major common carriers. The decade of the 1980's is bearing the fruits of the marriage of computers and communications. For the first time networks are en­ abling organizations to utilize the combined processing power of computers and communications equipment.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. The Medium and the Market - An Overview1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955745
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry -- 2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis — chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    Kurzfassung: In the molecular sciences, enzyme chemistry occupies a special niche as one of the major contact points between chemical and biological disciplines. The special properties of enzymes as selective and efficient catalysts are so central to current challenges to chemists that the development of enzyme chemistry in the past thirty years has been a major stimulus to chemical research in general. On the one hand studies of the intrinsic properties of enzymes and, on the other hand, their applications to synthesis, drug design, and biosynthesis have had an immense impact. This book brings together in one volume essays describing several such fields with emphasis on the applications. It would be unnecessarily repetitious to outline the approach and contents of the book in a Preface; the first short chapter is more eloquent than a formal Preface can be. I shall therefore encourage you to begin with the Introduction in Chapter 1 and here I wish to extend my warm thanks to those who have contributed to the production of this book: the authors for their acceptance of the overall concept of the book and for the thoughtfulness of their writing; Dr Charles Suckling, FRS and Professor Hamish Wood for their constructive criticism of the whole book; and Dr John Buckingham and his colleagues at Chapman and Hall for their efficiency and enthusiasm in transforming the typescripts into the book that you now hold. Colin J. Suckling University of Strathclyde Contributors Donald H.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis - chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401537209
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 420 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Nuclear engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: When we first contemplated a book on this subject we were faced with a number of options: (a) to write it all ourselves, which would have had the merit of internal consistency and continuity of style; (b) to produce a collection of existing papers. which would have given us expert views in the various sub-fields of the economics of nuclear energy and would have put us in the position of knowing from the start exactly what the authors' contribu­ tions would be: (c) to commission contributions from individual specialists, chapter by chapter; or (d) some combination of these options. We settled for the last - we have written some of the material ourselves, have obtained permission to use some existing papers that seem to us to be valuable contributions to the subject, and have been fortunate in persuading a number of eminent people in their fields to produce papers especially for the book. This has given us a great deal of work and taken up more time than we planned for but we believe the result justifies this time and effort. It enabled us to design a structure for the book from the outset, recognizing that there are several aspects to the economics of nuclear energy - especially if we take a broad view of what is embraced by the word 'economics'.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400966314
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The Concept of Machinability -- 1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    Kurzfassung: In the manufacturing industries, despite the development and improvement of metal forming processes, a great deal of reliance is still placed on metal cutting processes and this will continue into the foreseeable future. Thus, there will continue to be a requirement for the development of improved cutting tool materials, workpiece materials, cutting fluids and testing methods; collectively this activity can be described as improving machinability. Machinability is a parameter which in many ways is vague, sometimes qualitative and very often misunderstood. The purpose of this text is to give a broad understanding of the concept, methods of assessment and ways of improving machinability to the manufacturing engineer, the metallurgist and the materials scientist. The text should also be of interest to those engaged in research in manufacturing engineering and metal cutting. The text, of necessity, does not attempt to give detailed information about the machining characteristics of a wide range of tool and workpiece materials. It is felt that this is beyond the scope of the book and is best left to other sources, such as machinability data banks and the Machining Handbook*, whose main objective is to present this kind of information. It is hoped that the reader will be able to progress logically from the fundamental aspects of the metal cutting process to the sections on the more specific topics of machinability including machinability testing and the properties of tool and workpiece materials which affect their machining performance.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The Concept of Machinability1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160322
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction -- 2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    Kurzfassung: an attempt to rationalize these terminological and conceptual difficulties we have considered the origins of mammalian heat production from two different points of view. The scheme depicted in Fig. 1. 1 illustrates the fate of energy in the body as seen by the nutritionist. After allowing for losses of energy in faeces and urine, the metabolizable energy obtained from food is utilized for main­ taining and increasing body energy content (maintenance, external work, growth and production). The transformation of metabolizable energy into these forms of net energy also involves inevitable energy losses in the form of heat - thermic energy. Similarly, maintaining homeothermy in cold en­ vironments involves shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis (NST) and the energy costs of assimilating nutrients and retaining net energy results in obligatory heat losses due to diet-induced thermogenesis (DIT). This obligatory DIT is mainly due to the energy cost of protein and fat synthesis but, in addition to this, there is an adaptive component of DIT that helps maintain body energy content (i. e. body weight) by dissipating the metabolizable energy consumed in excess of the requirements for maintenance, growth and production. In Fig. 1. 2, we have converted this nutritionist's scheme (A) into one that A B r-------. . . , I I Production, Growth I I External work I I I I Essential energy expenditure NET BASAL Obligatory 1 I ENERGY Maintenance HEAT heat I FASTING at (BMR) productlpn for t ROC thermoneutrallty homeothermia r.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957756
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Surface activity -- 1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    Kurzfassung: It is now twelve years since Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents appeared. Since the publication of that monograph the subject has expanded rapidly as the unique potential of surfactants has become known to a wider circle of scientists. In a recent review Menger (Accounts of Chemical Research, 12 (1979) 111) estimated that since 1970 there have been over 2800 publications on micelles and micellization alone. The topic of catalysis in micellar media was in an early stage of development in 1968 but the growth in this subject has given rise to an excellent textbook by Fendler and Fendler. We have felt for some time that a revision of Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents was overdue. The book has been out of print for some time. Owing to pressure of other work, Professor P. H. Elworthy and Dr C. B. Macfarlane were unable to undertake the work of revision but while working together on an undergraduate textbook the present authors decided to set to work, realizing both the impossibility of producing a comprehensive textbook and the need to alter the scope of the book. Micellar solubilization occurs over a relatively small surfactant concentration range; because of this and because the phenomenon is never observed in isolation, we have extended the text to include surface activity, emulsions and suspensions and, as our emphasis is on formulation of medicinal products, to the of the toxicology of surface-active agents.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Surface activity1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959781
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks -- 1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: The first edition of this book was received more kindly than it deserved by some, and with some scepticism by others. It set out to present a simple, concise and reasonably comprehensive introduction to some of the theoretical and empirical criteria which may be used to define rock as a structural material. The objectives - reinforced by the change in title - remain the same, but the approach has been changed considerably and only one or two sections have been retained from the first edition. The particular aim in this edition is to provide a description of the mechanical behaviour of rocks, based firmly upon experimental data, which can be used to explain how rocks deform, fracture and yield, and to show how this knowledge can be used in design. The major emphasis is on the behaviour of rocks as materials, although in the later chapters the behaviour of discontinuities in rocks, and the way in of rock masses, is considered. which this can affect the behaviour If this edition is an improvement on the first edition it reflects the debt lowe to numerous people who have attempted to explain the rudiments of the subject to me. I should like to thank Peter Attewell and Roy Scott in particular. I should also like to thank Tony Price and Mike Gilbert whose work at Newcastle I have used shamelessly.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401092319
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids -- 2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    Kurzfassung: Many of the desirable flavour and textural attributes of dairy products are due to their lipid components; consequently, milk lipids have, tradi­ tionally, been highly valued, in fact to the exclusion of other milk components in many cases. Today, milk is a major source of dietary lipids in western diets and although consumption of milk fat in the form of butter has declined in some countries, this has been offset in many cases by increasing consumption of cheese and fermented liquid dairy products. This text on milk lipids is the second in a series entitled Developments in Dairy Chemistry, the first being devoted to milk proteins. The series is produced as a co-ordinated treatise on dairy chemistry with the objective of providing an authoritative reference source for lecturers, researchers and advanced students. The biosynthesis, chemical, physical and nutritional properties of milk lipids have been reviewed in eight chapters by world experts. However, space does not permit consideration of the more product-related aspects of milk lipids which play major functional roles in several dairy products, especially cheese, dehydrated milks and butter.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160353
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: The characteristics of living things -- The differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    Kurzfassung: This book has been written with two main purposes in mind, page. At the same time animals show immense variation the first being to give a general review of the entire animal and none is truly typical. Some idea of the immense variety kingdom, and the second to give more detailed functional of animals is given in the diversity sections, with a synopsis accounts of the anatomy of a representative of each major of the classification of each major phylum. animal group. It is intended to be used by those who are Zoology has a language of its own, which appears highly interested in animals and does not start with the assumption complicated but in most cases can, in fact, be derived simply of any great zoological knowledge. It is hoped that it will from either Latin or Greek. Translations and derivations prove particularly helpful to those studying biology or have been given of a selection of zoological terms; these zoology at 'A' level, or in the early stages of a university should be regarded as examples. The interested zoologist course. may find the use of a Greek and Latin dictionary rewarding.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The characteristics of living thingsThe differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169400
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 408 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry -- 2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    Kurzfassung: Arising from an examination in 1969 of the education and trammg opportumtles for paint industry technicians, it was recognized that the various courses available at that time did not fully serve their needs. While a few large companies had developed in-house training arrangements, the many medium and smaller fi.rms in the raw material supply, paint manufacturing or paint user industries, were unable to provide their own comprehensive training programs. With a view to improving this situation, an advisory committee comprising ofrepresentatives of the Australian Paint Manufacturers' Federation and the Oil and Colour Chemists' Association Australia was established to liaise directly with the New South Wales Department of Technical and Further Education. As a result plans were developed for the introduction of a Special Course in 'Surface Coatings Technology' in 1971, conducted by the Sydney Technical College. The scope of the course was designed to cover all aspects of surface coatings technology ranging from raw materials and formulations to the production, testing, evaluation, application and use of finished products. The course proved to be highly successful and in 1973 a similar syllabus was introduced by the Melboume School of Painting, Decorating and Signcrafts in Victoria. In 1980, New Zealand followed suit with a similar course conducted by the Auckland Technical Institute.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173766
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Photosynthesis -- Role of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    Kurzfassung: Food chemistry has grown considerably since its early foundations were laid. This has been brought about not only by research in this field, but also, and more importantly, bYiadvances in the basic sciences involved. In this second edition, the chapters dealing with fundamentals have been rewritten and strengthened. Three new chapters have been added, Water and Solutions, Colloids, and Minerals. The chapter on Fruits and Vegetables has been expanded to cover texture. Other chapters discuss flavor and colors, together with one on brown­ ing reactions. The last seven chapters give the student a background of the classes offood products and beverages encountered in everyday use. Each chapter includes a summary and a list of references and sug­ gested readings to assist the student in study and to obtain further information. Basic Food Chemistry is intended for college undergraduates and for use in food laboratories. The author wishes to express his appreciation to the following people, who reviewed the chapters on their respective specialties: Doctors L.R. Hackler, M. Keeney, B. Love, L.M. Massey, Jr., L.R. Mattick, W.B. Robinson, R.S. Shallenberger,D.F. Splittstoesser, E. Stotz, W.L. Sulz­ bacher, and J. Van Buren. In addition, the author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. H.O. Hultin and Dr. F.W. Knapp for their reviews of the entire original manuscript and for their helpful comments. The author welcomes notices of errors and omissions as well as sug­ gestions and constructive criticism.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. PhotosynthesisRole of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959606
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control -- 2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    Kurzfassung: This book had its start when Douglas A. Sloan and the late Ralph Davies first decided to share our firm's experience in mine manage­ ment consulting assignments by using this experience as the basis for a mine management and productivity course. Over the years with more and more assignments, the course text notes were continuously updated and improved. However, the notes only reached the relatively few persons in the mining industry who attended each year's courses. The purpose of this book is to make this experience and knowledge available to everyone who has an interest in systematic mine management. The book is based on nearly 500 mine management consulting assignments which over the years were carried out by too many consultants to begin to mention names. However, some of the international experts whose work was used or who directly contrib­ uted must be mentioned. First would be Col. 1. F. Urwick whose books, articles and personal guidance of the author have had a general influence on the whole book and a specific influence on the Organization chapter. Others are John Humble whose work in developing Management by Objectives (MBO) is reflected in that chapter and Patrick H. Irwin for his work in Corporate Planning, which he has written of in that chapter.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959156
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    Kurzfassung: Here is a guide to the ecology of social insects. It is intended for general ecologists and entomologists as well as for undergraduates and those about to start research on social insects; even the experienced investigator may find the comparison between different groups of social insects illuminating. Most technical terms are translated into common language as far as can be done without loss of accuracy but scientific names are unavoidable. Readers will become familiar with the name even though they cannot visualize the animal and could reflect that only a very few of the total species have been studied so far! References too are essential and with these it should be possible to travel more deeply into the vast research literature, still increasing monthly. When I have cited an author in another author's paper, this implies that I have not read the original and the second author must take responsi­ bility for accuracy! Many hands and heads have helped to make this book. I thank all my colleagues past and present for their enduring though critical support, and I thank with special pleasure: E. ]. M. Evesham who fashioned the diagrams; ]. Free, D. J. Stradling and]. P. E. C. Darlington who supplied photographs; D. Y. Brian and R. A. Weller who were meticulous on the linguistic side; and G. Frith and R. M. Jones who collated the references. List of plates 1. Fungus combs of Acromyrmex octospinosus and Macrotermes michaelseni. 13 2. Mouthparts of larval Myrmica.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163705
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 1.1 The Mini-Steelworks—What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks—An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The contents of this volume cover all the major activities associated with small-scale steelmaking in mini-steelworks (except Direct Reduction, on which two comprehensive volumes have recently appeared - see refs 11 & 12, Chapter 2). There is, of course, an immediate problem of agreeing on a suitable definition of mini-steelworks and the entrepreneurial nature of many businesses based on the mini-steelplant route compounds this problem. Nevertheless, as is shown by the lucid review in the opening chapter, it is quite possible to derive a working definition of a mini­ steelworks. The succeeding chapters deal with steelmaking in a linear fashion; a survey of raw materials supply being followed by independent analyses of arc furnace practice, casting and rolling. The volume is rounded off by a consideration of the important topics of energy costs and environmental factors. As anyone associated with iron and steelmaking well knows, the indus­ try is not the exclusive preserve of the metallurgist, although he plays a prominent role in its activities. For this reason, it is hoped that the level of treatment will commend the book to a wide readership. that includes non-metallurgical professionals in plant management and elsewhere, as well as industrial metallurgists. Lecturers in universities, polytechnics and colleges of further education should find this volume useful as a course reader for final year and postgraduate studies of steelmaking.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking1.1 The Mini-Steelworks-What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks-An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160018
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation -- 1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    Kurzfassung: Earth structures engineering involves the analysis, design and construction of structures, such as slopes and dams, that are composed mainly of earth materials, and this is a growth area in geotechnical engineering practice. This growth is due largely to increased involvement in designing various types of earth structures for the resources industries (slopes, impoundment structures, offshore islands, mine backfills), to the development of increas­ ingly large hydroelectric projects, to the need for more freshwater storage and diversion schemes, and to the need for transportation, communications and other facilities in areas where the natural earth materials are occasionally subject to mass instabilities. Although geotechnical engineering transects traditional disciplinary boundaries of civil, geological and mining engineering, the majority of geotechnical engineers are graduates from civil engineering schools. Here the geotechnical instruction has been concentrated on soil mechanics and foundation engineering because foundation engineering has traditionally been the major component of geotechnical practice. Geotechnical special­ ists, however, generally have acquired considerable formal or informal training beyond their first engineering degree, and an advanced degree with considerable cross-discipline course content is still considered an advantage for a young engineer entering a career in geotechnical engineering. Practical job experience is, of course, a necessary part of professional development but is readily interpreted and assimilated only if the required background training has been obtained.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I Introduction -- 1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    Kurzfassung: This text and reference book was written because of the urgings of my colleagues here and abroad and also by my students to fill the need for a comprehensive book describing vegetables important as food crops of the world. in this book was first used as outlines for the course on The material world vegetables taught by the staff of the Department of Vegetable Crops at the University of California at Davis. Over the course of the decade the author taught the course, new topics were added with each succeeding year. In 1978 the handouts were revised and compiled into a syllabus. In addition to the students taking the course, the syllabus was purchased and used by others as a reference book. Word ofits existence travelled far; the syllabus is presently used by one other university in the United States and by another in a foreign country. This edition has been extensively revised; many new materials and references have been added. Included are many photographs taken by the author in his travels abroad. The book has three parts. The first is introductory and background meant for students who are not familiar with vegetables as food crops.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I Introduction1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169790
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 472 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: The Handbook of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering has been writ­ ten as a reference source for use in the packaging design of electronics equip­ ment. It is designed to provide a single convenient source for the solution of re­ curring design problems. The primary consideration of any design is that the end product meet or exceed the applicable product specifications. The judicious use of uniform design practices will realize the following economies and equipment improvements: • Economics of design. Uniform design practices will result in less engineering and design times and lower costs. They will also reduce the number of changes that may be required due to poor reliability, maintainability, or producibility. • Improved design. Better designs with increased reliability, maintainability, and producibility will result from the use of uniform design practices. • Production economies. Uniform designs employing standard available tools, materials, and parts will result in the cost control of manufacturing. The Handbook is intended primarily for the serious student of electronics packaging and for those engineers and designers actively engaged in this vital and interesting profession. It attempts to present electronics packaging as it is today. It can be used as a training text for instructional purposes and as a reference source for the practicing designer and engineer
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering: Definition and purpose of electronics packaging and the role of the Designer and Engineer.2 Project Planning: Defining the task to be performed, estimating the documentation, labor, costs, and scheduling. -- 3 Human Factors Engineering: Designing the man-machine interface. Achieving success through the integration of the Human into the system. -- 4 Fabrication Processes: The Designer and Engineer must have a good knowledge of the manufacturing processes used in the production of electronics equipment. -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners: Reliability of available mechanical fastening devices and their applications, strength, and protective finishes. -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control: One of the most critical problems in electronics packaging is the removal of excessive heat. A simplified method of Thermal design. -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design: Shock and vibration become problems long before the equipment is installed. A quick empirical method of evaluating the mechanical stability of the equipment. -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies: Experience has shown that the so-called “scrambled” parts and wiring are not acceptable for reliable electronics equipment. -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics: Equipment must be protected from the harsh environments of Space. Some of this data is useful in ground installations where severe environments may be encountered. -- 10 Environmental Protection: Methods and materials for the protection of equipment in harsh applications, including rain, dust, heat, salt water atmosphere, etc. -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding: An ideal equipment would not radiate unwanted energy, nor would it be susceptable to unwanted radiations. Designing seals and enclosures for EMI/RFI environments. -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems: The advantage of the miniaturized, compact equipment is the ease with which it can be ruggedized. In modern electronics space is often limited. -- 13 Wiring and Cabling: Conductors play an important role in reliable electronics equipment. Conductor variation have become as complex as the electronics they serve. -- 14 Materials and Processes: Material availability and the applications they serve. How and what to use in specific designs. -- 15 Safety: The design of every electronics equipment must employ features to protect the operating and maintenance personnel. Protection must also be enforced to prevent inadvertant damage to the machine. -- 16 Printed Circuits: Printed wiring can produce a more reliable and lower cost product. -- 17 Reference Tables and and Figures: Standard data of commercially available and military hardware. Engineering standards and measures. -- 18 Terminology: Terminology used in Engineering design and manufacturing. Communications.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959101
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: General Considerations -- The phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    Kurzfassung: INFORMATION concerning phase equilibria, such as can be represented by equilibrium diagrams is important in a number of fields of scientific study, and especially in metallurgy, ceramics, and chemistry. Materials of interest in these fields range through single-component to multi-component sys­ tems, the latter often being very complex. While many industrially im­ portant systems can be represented adequately by binary equilibrium diagrams, ternary diagrams provide a basis for studying a wide range of the more complex systems, such as are encountered in certain industrial alloys, and in slags and ceramics. A number of texts dealing with ternary systems are already available (see for example references 2-8). Some of these are very comprehensive and include many diagrams, and their use will take the student of the sub­ ject to an advanced and detailed level of understanding. The present mono­ graph is intended primarily as an introductory text, which it is hoped will prove useful for undergraduate and postgraduate students of metallurgy and ceramics, in particular. Special attention is given to the requirement of the metallurgist and ceramist to use phase diagrams as a means of under­ standing phase changes that occur during heating and cooling, as in solidi­ fication and heat treatment of alloys. This aspect is emphasized in terms of the principles of solidification reactions in relation to solid state constitu­ tion, particularly making use of liquidus and solidus projections.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: General ConsiderationsThe phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959460
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Materials (A1) -- 1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load—extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    Kurzfassung: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service modern transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the first of two books planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 1 is intended to cover the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science II. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her initiative. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to a Technician qualification. The importance of the college lecturer and his individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student. The book is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment to attain his or her objective. Numerous fully worked and exercise examples are given. Plenty of practice in solving problems is an excellent way to gain knowledge of the subject, and improve confidence in preparation for an examination.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Materials (A1)1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load-extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959583
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Third Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: This book is mainly based on lectures given by Professor D. R. Cox and myself at Birkbeck College over a period of eight to nine years. It began as a. joint venture, but pressure of other work made it necessary for Professor Cox to withdraw early on. I have throughout received much valuable advice and encouragement from Professor Cox, but of course, I am solely responsible for the text, and any errors remaining in it. The book is intended as a first course on statistical methods, and there is a liberal supply of exercises. Although the mathematical level of the book is low, I have tried to explain carefully the logical reasoning behind the use of the methods discussed. Some of the exercises which require more difficult mathematics are marked with an asterisk, and these may be omitted. In this way, I hope that the book will satisfy the needs for a course on statistical methods at a range of mathematical levels. It is essential for the reader to work through the numerical exercises, for only in this way can he grasp the full meaning and usefulness of the statistical techniques, and gain practice in the interpretation of the results. Chapters 7 and 8 discuss methods appropriate for use on ranked or discrete data, and Chapters 9-12 do not depend on these chapters. Chapters 7 and 8 may therefore be omitted, if desired.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180702
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction -- 2. Materials and methods -- 3. Flax (Linum usitatissimum L.) -- 4. Hemp (Cannabis sativa L.) -- 5. Sunn Hemp (Crotalaria juncea L.) -- 6. Ramie (Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud) -- 7. Jute (Corchorus capsularis L. and Corchorus olitorius L.) -- 8. Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus L.) -- 9. Roselle (Hibiscus sabdariffa L.) -- 10. Sisal (Agave sisalana Perrine) -- 11. Abaca (Manila hemp) (Musa textilis Née) -- 12. Summary -- References.
    Kurzfassung: It is often possible to identify fragments of plants by studying their microscopical characteristics. The recognition of a single feature very rarely establishes the plant's identity; more often, it is necessary to recognize a unique combination of characteris­ tics. For plant identification, the most valuable characteristics are those least likely to be affected by changes in environment; if the feature is uncommon as well as stable, it is even more useful. Good descriptions of the anatomy of plants are invaluable. For example, The Identifi­ cation of Hardwoods (Brazier and Franklin, 1961), together with its punched card key, is an excellent book which is useful in practice. Characters describing the sc1erenchyma account for only three places in this key. Using only these characters, it would be impossible to identify a timber. Is it possible then, to identify a species given only sc1erenchyma in the form of a commercial fibre? If it is possible, it is not easy. Although, for many purposes, plant fibres are being replaced by man-made fibres, vegetable fibres are still used, particularly in sacking and cordage and in some indus­ trial materials. Articles which must be examined in a forensic science laboratory are not always of recent manufacture and archaeologists and historians are interested in older materials. Therefore, it is still necessary for many workers to identify the plant species from which fibres have been extracted.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction2. Materials and methods -- 3. Flax (Linum usitatissimum L.) -- 4. Hemp (Cannabis sativa L.) -- 5. Sunn Hemp (Crotalaria juncea L.) -- 6. Ramie (Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud) -- 7. Jute (Corchorus capsularis L. and Corchorus olitorius L.) -- 8. Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus L.) -- 9. Roselle (Hibiscus sabdariffa L.) -- 10. Sisal (Agave sisalana Perrine) -- 11. Abaca (Manila hemp) (Musa textilis Née) -- 12. Summary -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959439
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 398 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Materials (A) -- 1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    Kurzfassung: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the second of two books which have been planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 2 covers the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science III. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her own initiative. Emphasis has again been placed on the provision of many fully worked examples, some having more than one method of solution. These together with a large number of exercise examples enable the student to improve subject knowledge and gain that vital confidence so necessary for examinations. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to full Technician qualification. It is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment, but the importance of the college lecturer and his or her individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Materials (A)1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957268
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Background and outline -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    Kurzfassung: In the early 1970s a start was made on a broad review of what was known or could be surmised about sedimentation by strong tidal currents on modern continental shelves. This task was initiated because of the need to define the next phase of research in this field by the Marine Geology Group of the Institute of Oceano­ graphic Sciences. Related indications of the longer term evolution of the deposits were sought by close reference to the nature of modern tidal currents and the supposedly offshore tidal deposits of ancient seas. As the review grew in completeness it became of increasing relevance to a wider audience so it was amalgamated with the new results and shaped as a book. The fruits of the long-continued discussions within and outside the Geology Group have served to improve understanding of the processes and products of offshore tidal current sedimentation. On the other hand, the discussions have blurred the parts played by the people concerned. This applies to all chapters in varying degrees, but is especially true for Chapters 3, 4 and 5. The authorship attributed to each chapter therefore seeks to reflect those who were most con­ cerned with it.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Background and outline1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957787
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- References to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    Kurzfassung: The writing of this book was prompted by the need for a comprehensive of current data on organic acids suitable for both newcomers and collection established researchers in this field. The only previous text of the kind was the excellent review by Nordmann and Nordmann (1961), and at that time the main method of analysis was paper chromatography with liquid chromatography being used in a limited way. Only three diseases in which organic acids accumulate were known (primary hyperoxaluria, phenylketonuria and alcaptonuria). Since then, with the development of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry, and the further development ofliquid chromatography, knowledge concerning the nature of the organic acids in physiological fluids has been greatly extended. At the same time, the number of organic acidurias has increased dramatically, there being now some 40-50 known diseases of this type. During the past 15 years or so, there have been several reviews, dealing with either specific diseases or groups of diseases (Gompertz, 1972, 1974; Tanaka, 1975), or presenting the proceedings of symposia (Stern and Toothill, 1972) or workshops (Marner et al. , 1974). This present text deals comprehensively and in detail with the organic acids in human physiological fluids in health and in disease states, and is particularly concerned with the methods necessary for their separation, determination and indentification.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionReferences to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789401744430
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 446 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Conflict of laws. ; Law—Philosophy. ; Private international law.
    Kurzfassung: Last year I addressed the Netherlands Comparative Law Asso­ ciation with the following question: 'Does Comparative Law Exist At All?' (My intention then was to flog the dead (?) horse of the merger of comparative law and the sociology of law. ) In presenting this voluminous collection of Netherlands national reports to the eleventh congress of the Internatio­ nal Academy of Comparative Law I feel my misgivings giving way to the suspicion, that comparative law indeed exists. Of course national reports do not, as such, prove the exist­ ence of comparative law. It is the general reports together with the national reports, which embody the comparative effort. That is why the Netherlands Comparative Law Associa­ tion took the initiative to propose the publishing of the materials on a subject to subject basis instead of publish­ ing collections of national reports. From a comparative legal point of view, it is the topic that should form the basis of the publication, and not the origin of the materials. The general reporter for each topic should be prepared to take up the responsabilities of editing the volume, and would have to be given the right to select those national reports which he considers to be useful both in regard to their quality and the relevance of the material to the basic problems in the questionnaire. This proposal met with very favourable comments from the na­ tional committees and general reporters of some fifteen coun­ tries.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958869
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept -- 2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The increased interest in multiple forms of enzymes that began with the application of new methods of fractionation to preparations of enzymes and other proteins some 25 years ago led quickly to an appreciation that the existence of enzymes in multiple forms, or isoenzymes, is a general phenomenon. The results of pioneering studies and those which followed in the early years of isoenzyme research consisted, not surprisingly, mainly of descriptions of the existence and characteristics of hetero­ geneity in various enzyme systems. Summaries of these results were provided in books such as J . H. Wilkinson's I soenzymes, the first edition of which appeared in 1965. Some clearer ideas of the nature of the phenomena had become apparent by the time that the second edition of Isoenzymes was called for in 1970, and a limited use of the word isoenzymes itself, to describe only certain of the various categories of enzyme multiplicity then recognized, was already being proposed. Nevertheless, a largely enzyme-by-enzyme oTganization of the contents of the book was still appropriate. Considerable advances, both experimental and conceptual, were made in isoenzyme research in the 1970s, and in 1977 Professor Wilkinson suggested to the present author that these should be taken into account in a joint revision of Isoenzymes. Professor Wilkinson's untimely death put. an end to this project and the present book is therefore the work of a single author.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789401197281
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Dosage Design — Past, Present and Future -- 2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate — An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    Kurzfassung: The use of gamma-emitting radionuclides for diagnostic imaging in nuclear medicine has been established for many years. Sophisticated gamma ray detecting camera systems and computer links enable the clinical investigator to image different regions of the body and to quantify organ function. Parallel developments have also occurred in the field of radiopharmaceuticals, and today a wide range of products is available that will exhibit specific uptake within target tissues following parenteral administration. For example, radioiodide is taken up by the thyroid and iodinated fatty acids can be used to image the myocardium. Labelled antibodies have been used with success to target certain tumours. The concept of targeting has also been considered by pharmaceutical scientists who wish to deliver drugs rather than radionuclides to specific sites in the body. The systems that have been employed are often physically similar to those used as radiopharmaceuticals (for example colloids, aerosols and liposomes). Furthermore, pioneering work by Digenis and others in the United States States and by Alpsten and co-workers (1976)in Sweden had demonstrated the potential of gamma scintigraphy for investigating the fate of tablets and capsules in the gastrointestinal tract of man in a non­ invasive way. In 1979, the Biopharmaceutics Research Group at Nottingham together with academic pharmacists from Manchester held a one-day syffiposium at Nottingham University to discuss how radio­ nuclides could be used in drug formulation studies to provide better approaches for the delivery of drugs to their sitesof action.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Dosage Design - Past, Present and Future2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate - An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511643
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. The Biology of Mycoplasmas -- 2. Plant and Arthropod Mycoplasmas: A Historical Perspective -- 3. The ‘Yellows’ Plant Diseases: Plant Hosts and their Interaction with the Pathogens -- 4. Light and Electron Microscopy -- 5. Chemical Treatment for Control of Plant Mycoplasma Diseases -- 6. Media and Methods for Culture of Spiroplasmas -- 7. Culture of Other Microorganisms from Yellows- diseased Plants -- 8. Serological Characterisation of Spiroplasmas and Other Mycoplasmas -- 9. Physicochemical Characterisation of Plant and Insect Mycoplasmas -- 10. Insect Vectors -- 11. Miscellaneous Methods -- Notes on Contributors.
    Kurzfassung: Only 14 years have passed since the first publication appeared which implicated mycoplasmas as agents of plant disease. The diseases them­ selves have been known for much longer; indeed clover phyllody, a typical example, was described in the seventeenth century, well before any animal mycoplasma diseases had been documented. The early history of plant mycoplasmas is described in Chapter 2 and one obvious conclusion to be drawn from the frustrating experiences of the earlier workers is that the experimental methods at their disposal were simply inadequate for the task. Progress in science depends critically upon the development of new methods. Although important advances have been made in plant and insect mycoplasmology, notably in the discovery of spiroplasmas, many intractable problems remain. Most plant myco­ plasmas cannot yet be cultured in vitro, and their natural plant habitat, the phloem, is one of the most difficult plant tissues for the experi­ menter to handle, placing severe restrictions on the type of experiments which can be performed in vivo. It is clear that radically new methods may be required to solve these problems. A survey of the progress which has been made shows that application of techniques from a wide range of disciplines has been necessary. A successful individual or group of workers must possess the skills of a plant pathologist, a plantsman, a plant physiologist, a light-and electron microscopist, a bacteriologist, a biochemist, an immunologist, an ento­ mologist, a virologist and a molecular geneticist.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. The Biology of Mycoplasmas2. Plant and Arthropod Mycoplasmas: A Historical Perspective -- 3. The ‘Yellows’ Plant Diseases: Plant Hosts and their Interaction with the Pathogens -- 4. Light and Electron Microscopy -- 5. Chemical Treatment for Control of Plant Mycoplasma Diseases -- 6. Media and Methods for Culture of Spiroplasmas -- 7. Culture of Other Microorganisms from Yellows- diseased Plants -- 8. Serological Characterisation of Spiroplasmas and Other Mycoplasmas -- 9. Physicochemical Characterisation of Plant and Insect Mycoplasmas -- 10. Insect Vectors -- 11. Miscellaneous Methods -- Notes on Contributors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959187
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Glass Formation -- 1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    Kurzfassung: 'The preface ... either serves for the explanation of the purpose of the book, or for justification and as an answer to critics'. Lermontov This book is based mainly on the lectures on the Chemistry of Glasses which I gave at the University of Sheffield to the final year honours and postgraduate students of Glass Technology and Materials Science. Most books reflect the interests and enthusiasm of their authors, and the present one is no exception. The chemistry of glass is a rapidly developing field because the frontiers of advanced chemistry and advanced physics are merging together and con­ sequently this book will soon require considerable amplification and modification. However, my experience in teaching the chemistry of glasses for more than a decade has shown me that there is much need for a good text-book on the subject. This book is therefore intended to be a stop-gap which, until it receives that new revision. may serve as a useful reference work for students and research workers alike. I gratefully acknowledge the influence on my thinking of many of those colleagues at Sheffield with whom I have been in contact during the past twenty years or so. In addition to these personal influences, other published works have had considerable influence in modifying my approach. especially Cotton and Wilkinson's Advanced inorganic Chemistry. Dr Peter James helped me in writing Chapter 2, and Professor Peter McMillan not only read the whole manuscript but also made a number of most helpful suggestions.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Glass Formation1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959491
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The student of biological science in his final years as an undergraduate and his first years as a graduate is expected to gain some familiarity with current research at the frontiers of his discipline. New research work is published in a perplexing diversity of publications and is inevitably concerned with the minutiae of the subject. The sheer number of research journals and papers also causes confusion and difficulties of assimilation. Review articles usually presuppose a background knowledge of the field and are inevitably rather restricted in scope. There is thus a need for short but authoritative introductions to those areas of modern biological research which are either not dealt with in standard introductory textbooks or are not dealt with in sufficient detail to enable the student to go on from them to read scholarly reviews with profit. This series of books is designed to satisfy this need. The authors have been asked to produce a brief outline of their subject assuming that their readers will have read and remembered much of a standard introductory textbook of biology. This outline then sets out to provide by building on this basis, the conceptual framework within which modern research work is progressing and aims to give the reader an indication of the problems, both conceptual and practical, which must be overcome if progress is to be maintained.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159784
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction — What are metamorphic rocks? -- What does a metamorphic rock look like? -- The make-up of metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic rock textures -- Metamorphic reactions -- Field relations of metamorphic rocks -- Uses of metamorphic rocks -- What this book is about -- Summary -- Exercise -- 2 How rocks are changed — The factors controlling metamorphism -- The Earth’s heat -- Where does the heat come from? -- How does the heat travel? -- Heat flow -- The geothermal gradient -- Pressure in the Earth -- What is pore-fluid pressure? -- Stress and strain in the crust -- The driving force for metamorphic reactions -- Equilibrium in metamorphic reactions -- Crystal growth during metamorphism -- Diffusion during metamorphism -- Recrystallisation during metamorphism -- Metamorphism and crustal processes -- Plate tectonics and metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic grades, zones and facies -- Classifying metamorphic processes -- Summary page -- Exercises -- 3 Metamorphic terrains I -- Contact metamorphism -- Dynamic metamorphic rocks -- Summary -- Exercises -- 4 Metamorphic terrains II -- Regional metamorphism -- Metamorphic rocks in Precambrian shields -- High-pressure—low-temperature regional metamorphism -- Summary -- Exercises -- 5 Mountain building and metamorphic rocks -- Continental collision zones -- Continent/ocean collision zones -- Metamorphic belts through time -- Heat flow with time -- Evolution of the Earth’s crust -- Metamorphic rocks and the early history of the Earth -- Summary -- Exercises -- 6 The timing of metamorphic events -- Metasomatism — bulk chemical change -- Further reading -- Answers to exercises.
    Kurzfassung: This book is about metamorphic rocks: the processes involved in their formation and the reasons why they occur at particular places on the continents. It has been written to serve as an elementary text on the subjects of metamorphism and mountain building for non-specialist stu­ dents of geology. It will be equally useful where geology is either the main or subsidiary subject and could be used by students intending to advance further in geology (the list of advanced texts in the further reading section would be more appropriate to such students). My inten­ tion in writing this book has been to try to dispel the notion that metamorphism comprises the 'haunted wing' of geology. Admittedly, there are rather a large number of technical terms in the book, but I hope that after working through it you will not find metamorphism an unduly difficult or obscure aspect of geology. Throughout, I have emphasised the strong links between mountain building, plate tectonics and metamorphic processes. The book introduces metamorphic rocks by considering their textures and field relations, then moves on to deal with the factors controlling metamorphism. Case studies of areas of metamorphic rocks are then presented in the context of modern theories of the Earth's activity, and the place of metamorphic rocks in the formation of ancient and young mountain belts is analysed. New technical terms and concepts are explained in context as they are introduced, important terms being emphasised in bold print.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction - What are metamorphic rocks?What does a metamorphic rock look like? -- The make-up of metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic rock textures -- Metamorphic reactions -- Field relations of metamorphic rocks -- Uses of metamorphic rocks -- What this book is about -- Summary -- Exercise -- 2 How rocks are changed - The factors controlling metamorphism -- The Earth’s heat -- Where does the heat come from? -- How does the heat travel? -- Heat flow -- The geothermal gradient -- Pressure in the Earth -- What is pore-fluid pressure? -- Stress and strain in the crust -- The driving force for metamorphic reactions -- Equilibrium in metamorphic reactions -- Crystal growth during metamorphism -- Diffusion during metamorphism -- Recrystallisation during metamorphism -- Metamorphism and crustal processes -- Plate tectonics and metamorphic rocks -- Metamorphic grades, zones and facies -- Classifying metamorphic processes -- Summary page -- Exercises -- 3 Metamorphic terrains I -- Contact metamorphism -- Dynamic metamorphic rocks -- Summary -- Exercises -- 4 Metamorphic terrains II -- Regional metamorphism -- Metamorphic rocks in Precambrian shields -- High-pressure-low-temperature regional metamorphism -- Summary -- Exercises -- 5 Mountain building and metamorphic rocks -- Continental collision zones -- Continent/ocean collision zones -- Metamorphic belts through time -- Heat flow with time -- Evolution of the Earth’s crust -- Metamorphic rocks and the early history of the Earth -- Summary -- Exercises -- 6 The timing of metamorphic events -- Metasomatism - bulk chemical change -- Further reading -- Answers to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163842
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Preliminaries -- 1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors—algebra -- 1.2 Vectors—calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics—equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations—rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics—rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending—moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending—governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates—radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features—rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results—corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve—curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface—first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature—second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n—the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary—the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    Kurzfassung: Adding another volume, even if only a slim one, to the technical books already published requires some justification. Mine is, firstly, that plate theory is not well represented in the available elementary texts, and secondly that no existing text adequately covers modern applications. The present account is intended to be elementary (though this is a relative term) while still providing stimulation and worthwhile experience for the reader. Special features of interest will I hope be the treatment of geometry of surfaces and the attempts around the end of the work to speculate a little. The detailed treatment of geometry of surfaces has been placed in an appendix where it can readily be referred to by the reader. My interest in plate theory extends back many years to the energetic and stimulating discussions with my supervisor, Professor R. W. Tiffen, at Birkbeck College, London, and a debt to him remains. Interest was rekindled for me by Dr R. E. Melchers when I supervised him in Cambridge some ten years ago, and more recently my stay at Strathclyde University and encouragement and stimulation in the Civil Engineering Department led me to undertake the present work. The typescript was prepared by Ms Catherine Drummond and I thank her warmly for this and other assistance, always cheerfully offered. My thanks also to the publishers and the referees for useful comments and advice. P.G.L.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Preliminaries1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors-algebra -- 1.2 Vectors-calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics-equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations-rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics-rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending-moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending-governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates-radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features-rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results-corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve-curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface-first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature-second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n-the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary-the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160032
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I The Physicochemical Processes of Pedogenesis -- and definitions -- 1 Weathering and clay formation -- 2 The dynamics of organic matter -- 3 The movement of material within soils -- 4 General principles of the origin and development of soils -- II Pedogenesis: The Basis of Soil Classification -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Immature soils and soils with little profile differentiation -- 7 Calcimagnesian soils -- 8 Soils with matured humus: isohumic soils and vertisols -- 9 Brunified soils -- 10 Podzolised soils -- 11 Hydromorphic soils -- 12 Sesquioxide-rich soils -- 13 Salsodic soils.
    Kurzfassung: This book is the first of two volumes intended to replace the old and now out of print Precis de pedologie, the previous three editions of which were pro­ duced by the same publisher in 1960, 1965 and 1970. It was apparent that the term 'precis', which means that the text was neces­ sarily condensed and summarised, no longer corresponded with the present day situation, for pedology has developed considerably in the past 10 years and it now makes use of the most modern and varied research techniques. It has become an entirely separate discipline and has assumed, at least in certain countries, considerable importance. In addition, different schools of thought have developed and their sometimes contradictory viewpoints are presented at many international conferences, which, if valid conclusions are to be reached from them, required considerable space for discussion. Thus, even by being very concise it was no longer possible to deal with the whole of soil science within the space of one volume, so that a two volume format became a necessity. As soil science is known to have two fundamentally distinct aspects, it has been easy to determine the contents of each volume and also to give each an identity and unity, as well as enabling a different kind of presentation to be made in each case.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I The Physicochemical Processes of Pedogenesisand definitions -- 1 Weathering and clay formation -- 2 The dynamics of organic matter -- 3 The movement of material within soils -- 4 General principles of the origin and development of soils -- II Pedogenesis: The Basis of Soil Classification -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Immature soils and soils with little profile differentiation -- 7 Calcimagnesian soils -- 8 Soils with matured humus: isohumic soils and vertisols -- 9 Brunified soils -- 10 Podzolised soils -- 11 Hydromorphic soils -- 12 Sesquioxide-rich soils -- 13 Salsodic soils.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160124
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Electronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 Combinational logic -- Binary Inputs and Outputs -- Truth Tables; Boolean Notation -- Electronic Combinational Logic -- Propagation Delay -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 2 -- Appendix to Chapter 2 -- 3 Sequential Logic -- Memory Devices: Flip-flops and Registers 59 General Properties of Sequential Circuits: -- Counters and Sequencers -- Design of Counters -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 3 -- 4 Analogue/Digital Conversion -- Digital to Analogue Conversion -- Analogue to Digital Conversion -- Sample-and-hold Devices -- Multiplexers -- A Complete Analogue-to-digital Interface System -- Summary -- Problems for Chapter 4 -- 5 Digital Components and Systems -- A Simple Memory -- Random-access Memory (RAM) -- Read-only Memory (ROM) -- Introducing the Microprocessor -- A Microprocessor System Configuration -- Problems for Chapter 5 -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    Kurzfassung: This book is an edited version of part of the teaching text used for the Open University's undergraduate course 'T283 Introductory Electronics', first presented in 1980. The original text was pro­ duced by a course team of nine authors and nine support staff. The team was also responsible for student experimental kits, television and radio programmes. The approach adopted by the course team was to try and teach, where possible, through specification of the problem rather than through discussion of the operation of a selection of available devices and components; since this leads more naturally to modem design strategies such as 'top-down'. The emphasis in the book on the solution of combinational and sequential logic problems by the truth tables and ROMs, rather than logic gates and mapping techniques, illustrates this approach. The book covers topics ranging from logic to microprocessor memory systems and is intended for students with a background in analogue electronics who wish to update their knowledge to include digital electronic systems. Chapter 2 introduces the basic ideas of combinational logic design; truth tables, ROMs, logic gates and Boolean algebra. Chapter 3 deals with sequential logic, and shows how one can design binary and decimal counters and use these to produce a system controller. Chapter 4 examines the system elements needed to interconnect analogue and digital systems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169219
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 493 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Cell death: a new classification separating apoptosis from necrosis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Necrosis -- 1.3 Apoptosis -- 1.4 Validity of the classification -- 1.5 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 2 Cell death in embryogenesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Limb development and cell death -- 2.3 Development of the nervous system -- 2.4 Differentiation of the reproductive system -- 2.5 Epithelial cell death during fusion of the secondary palate in mammalian development -- 2.6 Lysosomes and the control of embryonic cell death at the cellular level -- References -- 3 Cell death in metamorphosis Richard -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Amphibian metamorphosis -- 3.3 Metamorphosis in invertebrates -- 3.4 A model of cell death in metamorphosis -- 3.5 Cell death in metamorphosis: the future -- References -- 4 Tissue homeostasis and cell death -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Growth patterns -- 4.3 Organ growth control -- 4.4 Model systems — the thymus -- 4.5 Homeostasis in malignant tissue -- 5 Cell senescence and death in plants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Examination of senescent and dying cells -- 5.3 Biochemical and cytochemical consideration -- 5.4 Possibile interpretations of the biochemical, cytochemical and ultrastructural studies -- 5.5 Mechanisms of cell senescence and death revisited -- 6 The tissue kinetics of cell loss -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The cell cycle -- 6.3 The organization of cell populations -- 6.4 The measurement of the kinetics of cell loss -- 6.5 Some examples involving the measurement of cell loss kinetics in normal tissues -- 6.6 The kinetics of cell loss in tumours -- 6.7 Tissue responses -- 6.8 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Cell death and the disease process. The role of calcium -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Stages of cell injury 209 7.2.1 Comments on the stages -- 7.3 Mechanisms of progression -- 7.4 The role of ion shifts in cell injury -- 7.5 Calcium and cell injury -- 7.6 Hypothesis -- 7.7 Summary 234 References -- 8 Cell death in vitro -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Cell aging and death in vitro -- 8.3 Donor age versus cell doubling potential -- 8.4 Species lifespan versus cell doubling potential -- 8.5 The finite lifetime of normal cells transplanted in vivo -- 8.6 Population doublings in vivo -- 8.7 Organ clocks -- 8.8 Clonal variation -- 8.9 Irradiation, DNA repair and effects of visible light -- 8.10 Cytogenetic studies -- 8.11 Error accumulation -- 8.12 The proliferating pool -- 8.13 Efforts to increase population doubling potential -- 8.14 Phase III in cultured mouse fibroblasts -- 8.15 Phase III theories -- 8.16 Can cell death be normal? -- 8.17 Dividing, slowly dividing and non-dividing cells -- 8.18 Aging or differentiation? -- 8.19 Functional and biochemical changes that occur in cultured normal human cells -- 8.20 Immortal cells -- References -- 9 Nucleic acids in cell death -- 9.1 The basic problem -- 9.2 Protein synthesis in eukaryotic cells -- 9.3 Nucleic acids in silk glands -- 9.4 Limitations of present data -- 9.5 Future developments 290 References -- 10 Mechanism(s) of action of nerve growth factor in intact and lethally injured sympathetic nerve cell in neonatal rodents -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Historical survey -- 10.3 The salivary NGF: morphological and biochemical effects induced in its target cells -- 10.4 Dual access and mechanisms of action of NGF in its target cells -- 10.5 Destruction of immature sympathetic nerve cells by immunochemical, pharmacological and surgical procedures -- 10.6 Surgical axotomy -- 10.7 Protective effects of NGF against 6-OHDA, guanethidine, vinblastine, AS-NGF and surgical axotomy -- 10.8 Some considerations and concluding remarks -- References -- 11 Glucocorticoid-induced lymphocyte death -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Glucocorticoid receptors and metabolic effects in lymphocytes -- 11.3 Lethal effects of glucocorticoids on lymphocytes -- 11.4 Genetic analysis of glucocorticoid-induced cell death -- 11.5 Mechanisms of glucocorticoid-induced cell death -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 The role of the LT system in cell destruction in vitro -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Molecular characteristics of the LT systems of cytotoxic effector molecules -- 12.3 Cellular processes involved in LT release by unstimulated (primary) and stimulated (secondary) human lymphocytes -- 12.4 Types of lytic reactions induced by lytic molecules of various weights in vitro -- 12.5 Conclusions -- References -- 13 Techniques for demonstrating cell death -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Microscopical -- 13.3 Cytochemical and biochemical -- References -- Author index.
    Kurzfassung: It is clear that lysosomal enzymes often play a role in the destruction of the cytoplasm, but very few authorities feel that they initiate the process (Chapters 1, 2, 3, 5 -8, 12, 13). The cells show many forms of damage, and sometimes even complete destruction, before Iysosomes become a dominant part of the environ­ ment. What initiates the process is still unclear, although in several instances it appears that the death of a cell may arise from anyone of several pathways (Chapters, 10, II). It is rather interesting that evolution has chosen to achieve the same goal by different means. Apparently no one point is exceptionally or pre­ ferentially vulnerable, though a common pathway, such as permeability of the plasma membrane to calcium (Chapter 7), might currently be too subtle for routine identification. Factors which affect membrane stability and which induce mem­ brane bending can lead to blebing, cell fragmentation and death. Thus, more work on the changing chemistry of the plasma membrane in relation to environmental fluctuations would be welcomed. Space requirements and the major orientation of the book forced the exclusion of several very interesting topics: an evolutionary treatment of the advantages of cell death as a means of eliminating vestigial organs or embryonic scaffolding; or consider­ ation of the merits of body sculpting by cell death rather than cell growth.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401093378
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Thermodynamics Applied to Food Processing -- 1.2 Kinetics of Reactions Occurring in Processed Foods -- 1.3 Fundamentals of Mass Transfer in Food Processing -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—I -- Nomenclature -- 2 Rheology of Processed Foods -- 2.1 Introduction to Stress-Strain Behavior in Materials -- 2.2 Properties of Fluid Foods -- 2.3 Properties of Suspensions and Concentrated Products -- 2.4 Properties of Granular Foods and Powders -- 2.5 Properties of Solid Foods -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—II -- Nomenclature -- 3 Heating and Cooling Processes -- 3.1 Modes of Heat Transfer -- 3.2 Thermal Properties of Foods -- 3.3 Steady-State Heating and Cooling -- 3.4 Unsteady-State Heating and Cooling -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—III -- Nomenclature -- 4 Thermodynamics of Food Freezing -- 4.1 Properties of Frozen Foods -- 4.2 Enthalpy Change During Freezing -- 4.3 Prediction of Food Product Freezing Rates -- 4.4 Design of Food Freezing Equipment -- 4.5 Storage of Frozen Foods -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—IV -- Nomenclature -- 5 Evaporation for Fluid Food Concentration -- 5.1 Thermodynamics of Evaporation -- 5.2 Heat Transfer During Evaporation -- 5.3 Design of Evaporation Systems -- 5.4 Improving Evaporation Efficiency -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—V -- Nomenclature -- 6 Food Dehydration -- 6.1 Basic Principles of Dehydration -- 6.2 Estimation of Drying Time -- 6.3 Fixed-Tray Dehydration -- 6.4 Moving-Bed Dehydration -- 6.5 Air-Suspended Product -- 6.6 Drum Dehydration -- 6.7 Miscellaneous Dehydration Processes -- 6.8 Freeze Dehydration -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—VI -- Nomenclature -- 7 Contact Equilibrium Processes -- 7.1 Basic Principles -- 7.2 Extraction -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem—VII -- Nomenclature -- 8 Mechanical Separation Processes -- 8.1 Filtration -- 8.2 Sedimentation -- 8.3 Centrifugation -- Comprehensive Problem—VIII -- Nomenclature -- Appendix: Useful Tables and Figures -- Solutions.
    Kurzfassung: The Second Edition of Food Process Engineering by Dr. Dennis Heldman, my former student, and co-author Paul Singh, his former student, attests to the importance of the previous edition. In the Foreword to the First Edition, I noted the need for people in all facets of the food processing industry to consider those variables of design of particular importance in engineering for the food processing field. In addition to recognizing the many variables involved in the biological food product being handled from production to consumption, the engi­ neer must oftentimes adapt equations developed for non-biological materials. As more and more research is done, those equations are appropriately modified to be more accurate or new equations are developed specifically for designing to process foods. This Edition updates equations used. This book serves a very important need in acquainting engineers and technologists, particularly those with a math­ ematics and physics background, with the information necessary to provide a more efficient design to accomplish the objectives. Of prime importance, at present and in the future, is to design for efficient use of energy. Now, it is often economical to put considerably more money into first costs for an efficient design than previously, when energy costs were a much smaller proportion of the total cost of process engineering.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Thermodynamics Applied to Food Processing -- 1.2 Kinetics of Reactions Occurring in Processed Foods -- 1.3 Fundamentals of Mass Transfer in Food Processing -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-I -- Nomenclature -- 2 Rheology of Processed Foods -- 2.1 Introduction to Stress-Strain Behavior in Materials -- 2.2 Properties of Fluid Foods -- 2.3 Properties of Suspensions and Concentrated Products -- 2.4 Properties of Granular Foods and Powders -- 2.5 Properties of Solid Foods -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-II -- Nomenclature -- 3 Heating and Cooling Processes -- 3.1 Modes of Heat Transfer -- 3.2 Thermal Properties of Foods -- 3.3 Steady-State Heating and Cooling -- 3.4 Unsteady-State Heating and Cooling -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-III -- Nomenclature -- 4 Thermodynamics of Food Freezing -- 4.1 Properties of Frozen Foods -- 4.2 Enthalpy Change During Freezing -- 4.3 Prediction of Food Product Freezing Rates -- 4.4 Design of Food Freezing Equipment -- 4.5 Storage of Frozen Foods -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-IV -- Nomenclature -- 5 Evaporation for Fluid Food Concentration -- 5.1 Thermodynamics of Evaporation -- 5.2 Heat Transfer During Evaporation -- 5.3 Design of Evaporation Systems -- 5.4 Improving Evaporation Efficiency -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-V -- Nomenclature -- 6 Food Dehydration -- 6.1 Basic Principles of Dehydration -- 6.2 Estimation of Drying Time -- 6.3 Fixed-Tray Dehydration -- 6.4 Moving-Bed Dehydration -- 6.5 Air-Suspended Product -- 6.6 Drum Dehydration -- 6.7 Miscellaneous Dehydration Processes -- 6.8 Freeze Dehydration -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-VI -- Nomenclature -- 7 Contact Equilibrium Processes -- 7.1 Basic Principles -- 7.2 Extraction -- Problems -- Comprehensive Problem-VII -- Nomenclature -- 8 Mechanical Separation Processes -- 8.1 Filtration -- 8.2 Sedimentation -- 8.3 Centrifugation -- Comprehensive Problem-VIII -- Nomenclature -- Appendix: Useful Tables and Figures -- Solutions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400982611
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (586p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Environmental law ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Private international law.
    Kurzfassung: 1. International maritime organizations -- Baltic and International Maritime Conference -- Danube Commission -- Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization -- International Association of Independent Tanker Owners -- International Association of Lighthouse Authorities -- International Association of Ports and Harbours -- International Chamber of Shipping -- International Federation of Shipmasters’ Associations -- International Maritime Committee -- International Maritime Pilots Association -- International Maritime Satellite Organization -- International Shipowners’ Association -- International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation, Ltd -- International Union of Marine Insurance -- Latin America Shipowners’ Association -- Oil Companies International Marine Forum -- Permanent International Association on Navigation Congresses -- 2. International fisheries organizations -- General Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean -- Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council -- International Baltic Sea Fishery Commission -- International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas -- International Commission for the Southeast Atlantic Fisheries -- International Whaling Commission -- Joint Commission on the Fisheries in the Black Sea -- Joint Commission of the Socialist Countries on Cooperation in the Field of Fisheries -- Joint Danube Fishery Commission -- North-East Atlantic Fisheries Commission -- North Pacific Fur Seal Commission -- Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization -- 3. International organizations concerned with marine sciences -- Engineering Committee on Oceanic Resources -- European Oceanic Association -- Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission -- International Association for Biological Oceanography -- International Association of the Physical Sciences of the Ocean -- International Cartographic Association -- International Commission for Scientific Exploration of the Mediterranean -- International Council for the Exploration of the Sea -- International Hydrographic Organization -- International Ocean Institute -- International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics -- International Union of Geological Sciences -- North Sea Hydrographic Commission -- Pacific Science Association -- Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research -- Scientific Committee on Oceanic Research -- World Data Centers (Oceanography) -- World Meteorological Organization -- World Underwater Federation -- List of abbreviations.
    Kurzfassung: In the last few years, the quantity of books and papers on the political, economic and legal problems of the exploration and use of the sea and marine resources has considerably increased. But the status and activities of intern a­ tional organizations related to maritime shipping, fisheries, scientific research in the World Ocean and the protection of the marine environment have not yet, as a whole, been represented in the scientific and reference literature. It would be fair, though, to mention that some general information on marine international organizations may be found in the Yearbook of International Organizations, Brussels, 1979; in Annotated Acronyms and Abbreviations of Marine Science Related International Organizations, U. S. Department of Commerce, 1976; and in the UN Annotated Directory ofIntergovernmental Organizations Concerned with Ocean Affairs, 1976. Voluminous informa­ tion on organizations engaged in problems of the exploration and use ofthe sea is given in International Marine Organizations by the well-known Polish scientists Lopuski and Symonides, 1978. Meanwhile the increasing volume of practical work related to the participa­ tion of governmental and scientific bodies as well as individual scientists and specialists in these organizations, the necessity of long-term planning in this field, and the perspectives of the development of these organizations, make necessary a special publication depicting the structure and many-sided activi­ ties of such international bodies. This book is the first one in which the most complete information on the main marine international organizations is presented.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. International maritime organizationsBaltic and International Maritime Conference -- Danube Commission -- Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization -- International Association of Independent Tanker Owners -- International Association of Lighthouse Authorities -- International Association of Ports and Harbours -- International Chamber of Shipping -- International Federation of Shipmasters’ Associations -- International Maritime Committee -- International Maritime Pilots Association -- International Maritime Satellite Organization -- International Shipowners’ Association -- International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation, Ltd -- International Union of Marine Insurance -- Latin America Shipowners’ Association -- Oil Companies International Marine Forum -- Permanent International Association on Navigation Congresses -- 2. International fisheries organizations -- General Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean -- Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council -- International Baltic Sea Fishery Commission -- International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas -- International Commission for the Southeast Atlantic Fisheries -- International Whaling Commission -- Joint Commission on the Fisheries in the Black Sea -- Joint Commission of the Socialist Countries on Cooperation in the Field of Fisheries -- Joint Danube Fishery Commission -- North-East Atlantic Fisheries Commission -- North Pacific Fur Seal Commission -- Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization -- 3. International organizations concerned with marine sciences -- Engineering Committee on Oceanic Resources -- European Oceanic Association -- Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission -- International Association for Biological Oceanography -- International Association of the Physical Sciences of the Ocean -- International Cartographic Association -- International Commission for Scientific Exploration of the Mediterranean -- International Council for the Exploration of the Sea -- International Hydrographic Organization -- International Ocean Institute -- International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics -- International Union of Geological Sciences -- North Sea Hydrographic Commission -- Pacific Science Association -- Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research -- Scientific Committee on Oceanic Research -- World Data Centers (Oceanography) -- World Meteorological Organization -- World Underwater Federation -- List of abbreviations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197267
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Topic 1 Cockroach Diversity and Identification -- Topic 2 Cockroach Culture -- Topic 3 Observing Cockroaches: An Introduction to the Beast -- Topic 4 Cockroach Anatomy -- Exercise 4.1 External Anatomy: Cuticular Structures -- Exercise 4.2 Internal Anatomy: Organ Systems -- Topic 5 Physiological Experiments -- Exercise 5.1 Nutrition: Food Manipulation and Digestion -- Exercise 5.2 Circulation and Excretion -- Exercise 5.3 Respiration and Metabolism -- Exercise 5.4 Reproduction: Control Mechanisms -- Exercise 5.5 Embryogenesis: Development Within the Egg Case -- Exercise 5.6 Regeneration: Restoration of Lost Parts -- Exercise 5.7 Growth and Molting: Metamorphosis -- Exercise 5.8 Nerves: Conduction of Signals -- Exercise 5.9 Locomotion: The Tripod Gait -- Topic 6 Behavioral Experiments -- Exercise 6.1 Exploratory Behavior: Responses to Novel Environments -- Exercise 6.2 Learning: Simple to Complex Tasks -- Exercise 6.3 Aggregation and Social Interactions -- Exercise 6.4 Sex Pheromones and Sexual Behavior -- Exercise 6.5 Spatial Orientation: Directed Movements -- Exercise 6.6 Aggression: Sequential Behavioral Acts -- Exercise 6.7 Activity Rhythms: Biological Clocks -- Exercise 6.8 Maintenance Behaviors: Fixed or Flexible? -- Exercise 6.9 Behavioral Ecology -- Appedix I Statistical Analysis -- Appendix II Suppliers of Animals, Materials and Equipment -- Appendix III Journal Abbreviations Spelled Out -- Appendix IV Relative Difficulty Ratings of Experiments -- Appendix V Glossary of Uncommon Terms -- Sources of illustrations and other materials.
    Kurzfassung: Cockroaches are ideal subjects for laboratory investigation at all educational levels. Compared with many other laboratory animals, cockroaches are easily and inexpensively maintained and cultured and require relatively little space. They are hardy and are readily available. The purpose of this book is to provide background material and experimental leads for utilizing cockroaches in the teaching laboratory and in designing research projects. The level of difficulty of the experiments varies according to the depth of understanding desi red by the instructor. In most cases at least a part of each experiment or technique can be incorporated into the laboratory component of elementary, high school or college curriculum. Sections of the lab book are appropriate for courses in Animal Behavior, Entomology, Organismic Biology and Insect Physiology. Aside from this main purpose, the book also provides a wealth of experimental ideas and techniques for a scientist at any level of education. Lawrence, Kansas June 15, 1981 W. J. B. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Virtually all graduate students who have worked on cockroach research in my laboratory have knowingly or unknowingly contributed to this book. The most important contribution was from Sandy Jones McPeak, who encouraged me to finish the project. Segments of various chapters were conceived, developed or reviewed by Michael D. Breed, Sandy Jones McPeak, Michael K. Rust, Coby Schal, Thomas R. Tobin, W. Alexander Hawkins, Gary R. Sams and Chris Parsons Sams.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Topic 1 Cockroach Diversity and IdentificationTopic 2 Cockroach Culture -- Topic 3 Observing Cockroaches: An Introduction to the Beast -- Topic 4 Cockroach Anatomy -- Exercise 4.1 External Anatomy: Cuticular Structures -- Exercise 4.2 Internal Anatomy: Organ Systems -- Topic 5 Physiological Experiments -- Exercise 5.1 Nutrition: Food Manipulation and Digestion -- Exercise 5.2 Circulation and Excretion -- Exercise 5.3 Respiration and Metabolism -- Exercise 5.4 Reproduction: Control Mechanisms -- Exercise 5.5 Embryogenesis: Development Within the Egg Case -- Exercise 5.6 Regeneration: Restoration of Lost Parts -- Exercise 5.7 Growth and Molting: Metamorphosis -- Exercise 5.8 Nerves: Conduction of Signals -- Exercise 5.9 Locomotion: The Tripod Gait -- Topic 6 Behavioral Experiments -- Exercise 6.1 Exploratory Behavior: Responses to Novel Environments -- Exercise 6.2 Learning: Simple to Complex Tasks -- Exercise 6.3 Aggregation and Social Interactions -- Exercise 6.4 Sex Pheromones and Sexual Behavior -- Exercise 6.5 Spatial Orientation: Directed Movements -- Exercise 6.6 Aggression: Sequential Behavioral Acts -- Exercise 6.7 Activity Rhythms: Biological Clocks -- Exercise 6.8 Maintenance Behaviors: Fixed or Flexible? -- Exercise 6.9 Behavioral Ecology -- Appedix I Statistical Analysis -- Appendix II Suppliers of Animals, Materials and Equipment -- Appendix III Journal Abbreviations Spelled Out -- Appendix IV Relative Difficulty Ratings of Experiments -- Appendix V Glossary of Uncommon Terms -- Sources of illustrations and other materials.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401193900
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (144p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Civil law.
    Kurzfassung: I. The nature and function of Private International Law -- Section 1. Introduction -- Section 2. Rome and beyond -- Section 3. The period after the division of the Roman Empire—personality of laws -- Section 4. Feudalism and the revival of Roman Law -- Section 5. Feudalism -- Section 6. Italy—the Legists -- Section 7. The doctrine of the Statutists -- Section 8. The French school in the 16th Century—Dumoulin and D’Argentré -- Section 9. The Dutch school—Comity -- Section 10. The subsequent development of the doctrine of Huber—England -- Section 11. The United States -- Section 12. Modern Private International Law—Wächter, Savigny -- Section 13. Modern doctrines of territoriality or pseudo-territoriality—acquired rights -- Section 14. Sociological neo-statutists -- Section 15. Wächter redivivus—Ehrenzweig -- Section 16. Conflict of laws and the American Constitution -- Section 17. Governmental interests as conflict resolving factors—Currie—Neo-statutists -- Section 18. “Result selecting” principles—Cavers -- Section 19. The international use of the new doctrines -- Section 20. Conclusions -- Notes to part I -- II. The relationship between Public and Private International Law -- Section 21. The influence of Public International Law upon domestic Private International Law -- Section 22. Private International Law as part of Public International Law—choice of law before international tribunals -- Section 23. Recognition and the application of foreign law -- Section 24. Scrutiny of, and refusal to apply, the law and to respect the executive acts of a foreign recognized government -- Section 25. Conclusions -- Notes to part II -- III. The structure and interpretation of rules of Private International Law -- Section 26. Structure -- Section 27. Interpretation. -- Section 28. Spatially conditioned internal rules -- Section 29. Transposition, substitution and adaptation -- Section 30. Renvoi -- Section 31. Preliminary question -- Section 32. Conflict of laws in time -- Notes to part III -- IV. Conclusions -- Table of cases.
    Kurzfassung: The present volume reproduces with slight changes the course of lectures given at The Hague in 1972 under the title of "The General Principles of Private International Law". The substance of these lec­ tures has remained unaltered, but a number of insertions serve to cor­ rected some formal mistakes and misprints, added references to literature, some older, some more recent, without attempting to be exhaustive, and modified and supplemented the former exposition in two respects, where subsequent criticisms called for a review. The first concerns the place of public policy in Public International Law, the second deals with spatially-.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I. The nature and function of Private International LawSection 1. Introduction -- Section 2. Rome and beyond -- Section 3. The period after the division of the Roman Empire-personality of laws -- Section 4. Feudalism and the revival of Roman Law -- Section 5. Feudalism -- Section 6. Italy-the Legists -- Section 7. The doctrine of the Statutists -- Section 8. The French school in the 16th Century-Dumoulin and D’Argentré -- Section 9. The Dutch school-Comity -- Section 10. The subsequent development of the doctrine of Huber-England -- Section 11. The United States -- Section 12. Modern Private International Law-Wächter, Savigny -- Section 13. Modern doctrines of territoriality or pseudo-territoriality-acquired rights -- Section 14. Sociological neo-statutists -- Section 15. Wächter redivivus-Ehrenzweig -- Section 16. Conflict of laws and the American Constitution -- Section 17. Governmental interests as conflict resolving factors-Currie-Neo-statutists -- Section 18. “Result selecting” principles-Cavers -- Section 19. The international use of the new doctrines -- Section 20. Conclusions -- Notes to part I -- II. The relationship between Public and Private International Law -- Section 21. The influence of Public International Law upon domestic Private International Law -- Section 22. Private International Law as part of Public International Law-choice of law before international tribunals -- Section 23. Recognition and the application of foreign law -- Section 24. Scrutiny of, and refusal to apply, the law and to respect the executive acts of a foreign recognized government -- Section 25. Conclusions -- Notes to part II -- III. The structure and interpretation of rules of Private International Law -- Section 26. Structure -- Section 27. Interpretation. -- Section 28. Spatially conditioned internal rules -- Section 29. Transposition, substitution and adaptation -- Section 30. Renvoi -- Section 31. Preliminary question -- Section 32. Conflict of laws in time -- Notes to part III -- IV. Conclusions -- Table of cases.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401506496
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 445 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Security systems.
    Kurzfassung: Table of Contents (Part Two) -- 1. Strategic Systems and War Games -- 1.1. U.S. Strategic Systems -- 1.2. The Game -- 1.3. Game Strategies -- 1.4. Systems Evaluation -- References -- 2. ABM Defense -- 2.1. Safeguard System -- 2.2. Radar Operations -- 2.3. Computer Operations -- 2.4. Interceptor Operations -- References -- 3. ABM System Design and Performance -- 3.1. System Requirements -- 3.2. The Radar Design Problem -- 3.3. Error Analysis -- 3.4. Smoothing of Position and Velocity Data -- 3.5. Noise Reduction -- 3.6. Error Model -- 3.7. Design Procedure -- References -- 4. ABM System Survivability Analysis -- 4.1. Survivability with respect to ECM -- 4.2. Survivability with respect to Nuclear Bomb Effects -- 4.3. Survivability with respect to Chemical, Biological Radiological Warfare, and Sabotage (CBR&S) -- 4.4. Summary -- References -- 5. Radar Counter-Counter-Measures -- 5.1. Effects of Jamming -- 5.2. ECCM Design -- 5.3. ECCM Techniques -- References -- 6. Bomber Defense -- 6.1. U.S. Bomber Defenses -- 6.2. Russian Bomber Defense -- 6.3. Multipurpose Weapons -- References -- 7. Surveillance and Reconnaisance -- 7.1. Advanced Surveillance -- 7.2. Treaty Verification -- References -- 8. Command Control and Communications -- 8.1. Warning -- 8.2. Command and Control -- 8.3. Communications -- References -- Appendices. Electromagnetic Propagation Effects -- A1. Attenuation of RF Waves by Absorption -- A2. Attenuation of RF Waves by Precipitation -- A3. Refraction of RF Waves by the Ionosphere.
    Kurzfassung: The purpose of this book is to provide graduate students, professional engineers, military officers, and weapons-systems planners with a comprehensive grounding in the technology, evolution, functions, costs, impacts on society, utility, and limi­ tations of modern strategic weapons systems. Since the subject is often left to the specialists, this work should introduce the general reader to the fundamentals of such systems in an informed manner. Nowadays the intense interaction of means and ends sym­ bolized by strategic weapons has stimulated a changing dis­ cipline in which new missile systems and the intricate logic of nuclear force and counterforce hold the stage alongside the truths of conflict, alliances, fears, games, and subtle gains and losses. Many readers with new personal interest or public responsibility in this complex field will require an overall guide to it. This book will not prepare the reader to become an expert in the vast subject of strategic weapons systems. It will, however, enable him to understand, evaluate, and form reasonable opinions about these systems, their capabilities and effective­ ness. The subject is dealt with more from the viewpoint of the user (investor) rather than the architect (systems engineer) and builder (design engineer). While the user will be concerned with both political as well as technical options which may be available to solve a problem, the systems and design engineers are concerned with analyzing and building technological weapons devices once their requirements are generally known.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511490
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Wine and the History of Western Civilization -- 2 The Winery and the Laboratory -- 3 Grapes, Juice and Must Quality Control -- 4 Quality Control During Primary Fermentation -- 5 Quality Control During Aging, Clarification and Stabilization -- 6 Quality Control During Bottling and Warehousing -- 7 Dessert and Aperitif Wine Quality Control -- 8 Sparkling Wine Quality Control -- 9 Microbiological Analysis in the Small Winery Laboratory -- 10 ATF and Supplemental Recordkeeping -- Appendix A: Analytical Methods and Procedures in the Small Winery Laboratory -- Appendix B: Charts and Tables -- Appendix C: Conversion Tables.
    Kurzfassung: The very first winemaster may have been a cave man who discovered the magic of fermentation by tasting the result of some crushed grapes having been left inadvertently for a few days. Wine will, literally, make itself. In simplest terms, yeast cells will collect on the outside of grape skins in the form of bloom and, when exposed to the natural sweetness inside the fruit, fermentation of the sugar into carbon dioxide gas and ethyl alcohol will commence. During the millenia that have transpired since the cave man, the state of the art has evolved into five generally accepted categories of classification. Table wines are usually dry (made with no appreciable amount of fer­ mentable sugar remaining) or nearly so, and contain less than 14% alcohol by volume. They can be white, pink or red and are the result of uncompli­ cated processes of fermentation, clarification, stabilization, aging and bot­ tling. The term table wine suggests the use for which these wines are intended-at the table with food. The overwhelming majority of the wine produced in the world is in this category. Table wines range from the obscure and ordinary to the most expensive classics known to man.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Wine and the History of Western Civilization2 The Winery and the Laboratory -- 3 Grapes, Juice and Must Quality Control -- 4 Quality Control During Primary Fermentation -- 5 Quality Control During Aging, Clarification and Stabilization -- 6 Quality Control During Bottling and Warehousing -- 7 Dessert and Aperitif Wine Quality Control -- 8 Sparkling Wine Quality Control -- 9 Microbiological Analysis in the Small Winery Laboratory -- 10 ATF and Supplemental Recordkeeping -- Appendix A: Analytical Methods and Procedures in the Small Winery Laboratory -- Appendix B: Charts and Tables -- Appendix C: Conversion Tables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400981140
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Frontiers Between Theory and Industrial Practice in Vinyl Acetate Polymerizations -- 2. The Polymerization of Aqueous Solutions of Vinyl Acetate -- 3. Effects of Particle Number and Initiator Level on the Kinetics of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerizations -- 4. Synthesis Kinetics and Characterization of Poly(Vinyl Acetate)- Molecular Weight and Long Chain Branching Development -- 5. Some Surface Chemical Effects on the Capture of Free Radicals-A Kinetic Parameter Analysis of the LPS Model -- 6. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (I)- The Rate of Polymerization -- 7. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (II)-The Induced Decomposition of Initiator -- 8. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (III)-Isotope Effect -- 9. The Radiation Induced Emulsion Polymerization of Vinyl Acetate -- 10. The Stabilization of Poly(Vinyl Acetate) Latexes by Polymethacrylic Acid -- 11. Particularities of Emulsion Polymerization of Vinyl Acetate in the Presence of Hydroxyethylcellulose -- 12. Preparation, Characterization and Properties of Vinyl Acetate- Butyl Acrylate Copolymer Latexes -- 13. Some Studies on Vinyl Acrylic Latex-Surfactant Interactions.
    Kurzfassung: It is particularly appropriate that this symposium on the emulsion polymeriza­ tion of vinyl acetate was held in recognition of the industrial importance of poly(vinyl acetate) and vinyl acetate copolymers, and their rather unique properties among emulsion polymers in general. Poly( vinyl acetate) latexes were the first synthetic polymer latexes to be made on a commercial scale: their production using polyvinyl alcohol as emulsifier began in Germany during the mid-1930s and has continued to the present day, growing steadily with the years. Indeed, poly(vinyl acetate) latexes prepared with polyvinyl alcohol are still one of the mainstays of the adhesives industry. With the passing of time, however, vinyl acetate copolymers have been developed: copolymers with maleate esters such as dibutyl maleate, acrylate esters such as ethyl acrylate and butyl acrylate, versatic acid esters, and, more recently, ethylene. These versatile copolymers have found increasing use in more sophisticated adhesives with specialized properties, adhesives for clay coatings on paper, carpet backing, and interior and exterior paints. Thus more than 45 years after the first commercial production of vinyl acetate latexes, their use is still growing, both in actual quantities and different applications. The industrial importance of vinyl acetate latexes makes the mechanism and kinetics of their emulsion polymerization of practical as well as scientific interest.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Frontiers Between Theory and Industrial Practice in Vinyl Acetate Polymerizations2. The Polymerization of Aqueous Solutions of Vinyl Acetate -- 3. Effects of Particle Number and Initiator Level on the Kinetics of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerizations -- 4. Synthesis Kinetics and Characterization of Poly(Vinyl Acetate)- Molecular Weight and Long Chain Branching Development -- 5. Some Surface Chemical Effects on the Capture of Free Radicals-A Kinetic Parameter Analysis of the LPS Model -- 6. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (I)- The Rate of Polymerization -- 7. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (II)-The Induced Decomposition of Initiator -- 8. The Reinvestigation of Vinyl Acetate Emulsion Polymerization (III)-Isotope Effect -- 9. The Radiation Induced Emulsion Polymerization of Vinyl Acetate -- 10. The Stabilization of Poly(Vinyl Acetate) Latexes by Polymethacrylic Acid -- 11. Particularities of Emulsion Polymerization of Vinyl Acetate in the Presence of Hydroxyethylcellulose -- 12. Preparation, Characterization and Properties of Vinyl Acetate- Butyl Acrylate Copolymer Latexes -- 13. Some Studies on Vinyl Acrylic Latex-Surfactant Interactions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958302
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- References -- 2 Lead in the atmosphere -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Sources of lead in air -- 2.3 Concentrations of lead in ambient air -- 2.4 Particle size distributions -- 2.5 Chemical properties of atmospheric lead -- References -- 3 Lead in water 33 -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Sources of lead in surface waters -- 3.3 Concentrations of lead in water -- 3.4 Chemistry of lead in water -- References -- 4 Lead in soils -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Sources of lead in soil -- 4.3 Concentrations of lead in soil -- 4.4 Uptake of soil lead by living organisms -- 4.5 Chemistry of lead in soils -- 4.6 Lead in street dusts -- References -- 5 Control of lead in air -- 5.1 Industrial sources of lead -- 5.2 Control of industrial emissions of lead -- 5.3 Legislative regulations affecting industrial lead emissions -- 5.4 Control of lead emissions from motor vehicles -- 5.5 Ambient air quality standard for lead -- 5.6 Control of lead within the workplace -- References -- 6 Control of lead discharges to water -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Water quality criteria and standards -- 6.3 Uniform emission standards versus water quality objectives -- 6.4 Control practices for lead discharges -- References -- 7 Human exposure to lead and its effects -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Sources and intake of lead -- 7.3 Uptake of lead -- 7.4 Metabolism of lead -- 7.5 Blood leads -- 7.6 Biological and adverse health effects of exposure to lead -- References -- 8 Chemical analysis of lead in the environment -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Chemical analysis of lead: available techniques -- 8.3 Sampling and analysis of environmental media -- 8.4 Contamination during lead analysis -- References -- Index 166.
    Kurzfassung: At the time of writing, the topic of lead pollution is the subject of an intense and sometimes heated debate. The argument centres upon possible adverse health effects arising from exposure of children to current environmental levels of lead. Such arguments now appear little closer to resolution than they did five years ago, although the development of ever more sophisticated biochemical and epidemiological techniques may eventually provide an answer. Over the past five to ten years, as the general public has become aware of the lead issue, pressure has been put upon governments to limit emissions of lead, and hence limit or reduce the exposure of the population to the metal. Govern­ ments and governmental agencies have responded in several ways, varying between those who prefer to take little or no action on the basis that they see no cause for concern, and those who have taken firm action after concluding that the scientific and medical evidence warrants this approach. Any effective control strategy for lead requires knowledge of the sources of environmental exposure and an understanding of the pathways of this metal in the environment. This book aims to provide such information and to explain the methods available for limiting emissions of lead from the most important sources. To put this information in context a chapter on the routes of human exposure to lead and the health effects is included.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionReferences -- 2 Lead in the atmosphere -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Sources of lead in air -- 2.3 Concentrations of lead in ambient air -- 2.4 Particle size distributions -- 2.5 Chemical properties of atmospheric lead -- References -- 3 Lead in water 33 -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Sources of lead in surface waters -- 3.3 Concentrations of lead in water -- 3.4 Chemistry of lead in water -- References -- 4 Lead in soils -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Sources of lead in soil -- 4.3 Concentrations of lead in soil -- 4.4 Uptake of soil lead by living organisms -- 4.5 Chemistry of lead in soils -- 4.6 Lead in street dusts -- References -- 5 Control of lead in air -- 5.1 Industrial sources of lead -- 5.2 Control of industrial emissions of lead -- 5.3 Legislative regulations affecting industrial lead emissions -- 5.4 Control of lead emissions from motor vehicles -- 5.5 Ambient air quality standard for lead -- 5.6 Control of lead within the workplace -- References -- 6 Control of lead discharges to water -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Water quality criteria and standards -- 6.3 Uniform emission standards versus water quality objectives -- 6.4 Control practices for lead discharges -- References -- 7 Human exposure to lead and its effects -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Sources and intake of lead -- 7.3 Uptake of lead -- 7.4 Metabolism of lead -- 7.5 Blood leads -- 7.6 Biological and adverse health effects of exposure to lead -- References -- 8 Chemical analysis of lead in the environment -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Chemical analysis of lead: available techniques -- 8.3 Sampling and analysis of environmental media -- 8.4 Contamination during lead analysis -- References -- Index 166.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959286
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Receptors and Recognition 10
    Serie: Series B 10
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Serotonergic Receptors in the Central Nervous System -- 2 Histamine Receptors -- 3 Acetylcholine Receptors -- 4 Dopamine Receptors -- 5 Adrenergic Receptor Molecules.
    Kurzfassung: Since the discovery that neuronal transmission can be chemically mediated, a large number of compounds have been found in the mammalian central nervous system which appear to function as neurotransmitter agents. Recently, electro physiological and biochemical methods have been developed which have enabled neuroscientists to classify better the myriad of neurotransmitter receptor sites in brain and to study their properties in finer detail. As a result of these investigations, a significant number of new discoveries have been made about the mechanisms involved in neurotransmitter receptor interactions, the role neurotransmitters play in the actions of pharmacological agents and in the pathogenesis of various neuropsychiatric disorders. The present two volume text was compiled to summarize the information relating to the physiological, biochemical, pharmacological and functional characteristics of neurotransmitter receptor sites. While emphasis is placed on neurotransmitter receptors in the mammalian central nervous system, the characteristics of these receptors in other species, both vertebrate and invertebrate, are also discussed where appropriate. While these books cover the major classes of putative neurotransmitters - amino acids, peptides and biogenic amines - and are therefore broad in scope, each is discussed in a concise fashion to highlight the major points of historical and contemporary interest. In addition to outlining data, each chapter addresses current theories relating to the various aspects of receptor properties and function in an attempt to reveal the directions of future research and as a stimulus for other workers in the field.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Serotonergic Receptors in the Central Nervous System2 Histamine Receptors -- 3 Acetylcholine Receptors -- 4 Dopamine Receptors -- 5 Adrenergic Receptor Molecules.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400981201
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Session I: Plenary -- 1. Composite Materials Education in the United States -- 2. Engineering Plastics—Some Factors Affecting Technology Transfer -- Session II: Bolted Connections -- 3. Analysis of the Shearout Failure Mode in Composite Bolted Joints -- 4. Stress and Strength Analysis of Bolted Joints in Composite Laminates -- 5. Some Environmental and Geometric Effects on the Static Strength of Graphite Cloth Epoxy Bolted Joints -- Session III: Environmental Effects -- 6. The Stress-Rupture Behaviour of GRP Laminates in Aqueous Environments -- 7. Water Absorption by Glass Fibre Reinforced Epoxy Resin -- 8. Failure of GRP in Corrosive Environments -- Session IV: Research and Development: Analytical Studies -- 9. Large Deflection Analysis of Bimodular Cross-Ply Strips … -- 10. Analysis of Thermally Stressed Variable Thickness Composite Discs—a CAD Technique -- 11. Optimization of Laminated Shells with Multiple Loading Conditions and Fabrication Constraints -- Session V: Research and Development: Marine Applications -- 12. Recent Developments in Polyester Matrices and Reinforcements for Marine Applications, in Particular Polyester/ Kevlar Composites -- 13. The Testing and Analysis of Novel Top-Hat Stiffener Fabrication Methods for use in GRP Ships -- 14. The Development of Improved FRP Laminates for Ship Hull Construction -- Session VI: Research and Development: Modelling Techniques -- 15. Development of Cylindrically Orthotropic Model Material for Transmission Photoelasticity -- 16. Photoelastic Techniques for the Complete Determination of Stresses in Composite Structures -- 17. A Boundary Layer Approach to the Calculation of Transverse Stresses Along the Free Edges of a Symmetric Laminated Plate of Arbitrary Width Under In-Plane Loading -- Session VII: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (1) -- 18. On the Orthotropic Elastic Behaviour of a Rubber Composite -- 19. The Viscoelastic Response of a Graphite/Epoxy Laminate -- 20. Viscoelastic Properties of Composite Materials -- Session VIII: Structural Analysis: Platework Systems -- 21. Advances in Vibration, Buckling and Postbuckling Studies on Composite Plates -- 22. On the Use of the Effective Width Concept for Composite Plates -- 23. Unsymmetrical Buckling of Laterally Loaded, Thin, Initially Imperfect Orthotropic Plates -- Session IX: Structural Analysis: Structural Systems -- 24. The Effect of Mode Interaction in Orthotropic Fibre Reinforced Composite Plain Channel Section Columns -- 25. The Stability Analysis of a Continuum/Skeletal Fibre Matrix System -- 26. The Postbuckling Behaviour of Composite Box Sections … -- Session X: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (2) -- 27. The Effect of Thermal Strains on the Microcracking and Stress Corrosion Behaviour of GRP -- 28. Electrically Conductive Prepreg Systems -- Session XI: Structural Evaluation Techniques -- 29. Analysis of Composite Materials by Dynamic Thermomechanometry (Dynamic Mechanical Analysis) -- 30. Evaluation of Composite Structures by Stress-Wave-Factor and Acoustic Emission -- 31. Vibration Testing of Composite Materials -- Session XII: Design -- 32. A Minimum Energy Composite Automobile -- 33. Structures in Reinforced Composites -- 34. Properties and Performance of GRC -- Session XIII: Experimental Studies -- 35. Buckling of Platestrips—An Evaluation of Six Carbon-Epoxy Laminates -- 36. The Damage Tolerance of High Performance Composites -- 37. Tensile Fatigue Assessment of Candidate Resins for Use in Fibre Reinforced Composite Repair Schemes -- 38. Temperature Increase in SMC Fatigue Testing -- Session XIV: Fabrication Studies including Natural Fibre Composites -- 39. A Unique Approach to Fabricating Precision Space Structures Elements -- 40. Manufacturing Methods for Carbon Fiber/Polyimide Matrix Composites -- 41. The Use of Natural Organic Fibres in Cement: Some Structural Considerations -- 42. On the Possibility of Using Natural Fibre Composites -- Session XV: Fracture and Failure Analysis -- 43. Stress Intensity Factor Measurements in Composite Sandwich Structures -- 44. Progressive Failure Model for Advanced Composite Laminates Containing a Circular Hole -- Session XVI: Research and Development: Analysis of Laminated Structures -- 45. Nonlinear Response of Angle-Ply Laminated Plates to Random Loads -- Session XVII: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (3) -- 46. Effects of Elastomeric Additives on the Mechanical Properties of Epoxy Resin and Composite Systems -- Session XVIII: Finite Element Studies -- 47. A Comparison of the Failure Pressure as Predicted by Finite Element Stress Analysis with the Results of Full Scale Burst Tests on GRP Flanges -- 48. Elastic-Plastic Flexural Analysis of Laminated Composite Plates by the Finite Element Method.
    Kurzfassung: The papers contained herein were presented at the First International Conference on Composite Structures held at Paisley College of Technology, Paisley, Scotland, in September 1981. This conference was organised and sponsored by Paisley College of Technology in association with The Institution of Mechanical Engineers and The National Engineering Laboratory (UK). There can be little doubt that, within engineering circles, the use of composite materials has revolutionised traditional design concepts. The ability to tailor-make a material to suit prevailing environmental conditions whilst maintaining adequate reinforcement to withstand applied loading is unquestionably an attractive proposition. Significant weight savings can also be achieved by virtue of the high strength-to-weight and stiffness-to-weight characteristics of, for example, fibrous forms of composite materials. Such savings are clearly of paramount importance in transportation engineering and in particular aircraft and aerospace applications. Along with this considerable structural potential the engineer must accept an increased complexity of analysis. All too often in the past this has dissuaded the designer from considering composite materials as a viable, or indeed better, alternative to traditional engineering materials. Inherent prejudices within the engineering profession have also contributed, in no small way, to a certain wariness in appreciating the merits of composites. However, the potential benefits of composite materials are inescapable. The last two decades have seen a phenomenal increase in the use of composites in virtually every area of engineering, from the high technology v vi Preface aerospace application to the less demanding structural cladding situation.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Session I: Plenary1. Composite Materials Education in the United States -- 2. Engineering Plastics-Some Factors Affecting Technology Transfer -- Session II: Bolted Connections -- 3. Analysis of the Shearout Failure Mode in Composite Bolted Joints -- 4. Stress and Strength Analysis of Bolted Joints in Composite Laminates -- 5. Some Environmental and Geometric Effects on the Static Strength of Graphite Cloth Epoxy Bolted Joints -- Session III: Environmental Effects -- 6. The Stress-Rupture Behaviour of GRP Laminates in Aqueous Environments -- 7. Water Absorption by Glass Fibre Reinforced Epoxy Resin -- 8. Failure of GRP in Corrosive Environments -- Session IV: Research and Development: Analytical Studies -- 9. Large Deflection Analysis of Bimodular Cross-Ply Strips … -- 10. Analysis of Thermally Stressed Variable Thickness Composite Discs-a CAD Technique -- 11. Optimization of Laminated Shells with Multiple Loading Conditions and Fabrication Constraints -- Session V: Research and Development: Marine Applications -- 12. Recent Developments in Polyester Matrices and Reinforcements for Marine Applications, in Particular Polyester/ Kevlar Composites -- 13. The Testing and Analysis of Novel Top-Hat Stiffener Fabrication Methods for use in GRP Ships -- 14. The Development of Improved FRP Laminates for Ship Hull Construction -- Session VI: Research and Development: Modelling Techniques -- 15. Development of Cylindrically Orthotropic Model Material for Transmission Photoelasticity -- 16. Photoelastic Techniques for the Complete Determination of Stresses in Composite Structures -- 17. A Boundary Layer Approach to the Calculation of Transverse Stresses Along the Free Edges of a Symmetric Laminated Plate of Arbitrary Width Under In-Plane Loading -- Session VII: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (1) -- 18. On the Orthotropic Elastic Behaviour of a Rubber Composite -- 19. The Viscoelastic Response of a Graphite/Epoxy Laminate -- 20. Viscoelastic Properties of Composite Materials -- Session VIII: Structural Analysis: Platework Systems -- 21. Advances in Vibration, Buckling and Postbuckling Studies on Composite Plates -- 22. On the Use of the Effective Width Concept for Composite Plates -- 23. Unsymmetrical Buckling of Laterally Loaded, Thin, Initially Imperfect Orthotropic Plates -- Session IX: Structural Analysis: Structural Systems -- 24. The Effect of Mode Interaction in Orthotropic Fibre Reinforced Composite Plain Channel Section Columns -- 25. The Stability Analysis of a Continuum/Skeletal Fibre Matrix System -- 26. The Postbuckling Behaviour of Composite Box Sections … -- Session X: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (2) -- 27. The Effect of Thermal Strains on the Microcracking and Stress Corrosion Behaviour of GRP -- 28. Electrically Conductive Prepreg Systems -- Session XI: Structural Evaluation Techniques -- 29. Analysis of Composite Materials by Dynamic Thermomechanometry (Dynamic Mechanical Analysis) -- 30. Evaluation of Composite Structures by Stress-Wave-Factor and Acoustic Emission -- 31. Vibration Testing of Composite Materials -- Session XII: Design -- 32. A Minimum Energy Composite Automobile -- 33. Structures in Reinforced Composites -- 34. Properties and Performance of GRC -- Session XIII: Experimental Studies -- 35. Buckling of Platestrips-An Evaluation of Six Carbon-Epoxy Laminates -- 36. The Damage Tolerance of High Performance Composites -- 37. Tensile Fatigue Assessment of Candidate Resins for Use in Fibre Reinforced Composite Repair Schemes -- 38. Temperature Increase in SMC Fatigue Testing -- Session XIV: Fabrication Studies including Natural Fibre Composites -- 39. A Unique Approach to Fabricating Precision Space Structures Elements -- 40. Manufacturing Methods for Carbon Fiber/Polyimide Matrix Composites -- 41. The Use of Natural Organic Fibres in Cement: Some Structural Considerations -- 42. On the Possibility of Using Natural Fibre Composites -- Session XV: Fracture and Failure Analysis -- 43. Stress Intensity Factor Measurements in Composite Sandwich Structures -- 44. Progressive Failure Model for Advanced Composite Laminates Containing a Circular Hole -- Session XVI: Research and Development: Analysis of Laminated Structures -- 45. Nonlinear Response of Angle-Ply Laminated Plates to Random Loads -- Session XVII: Physical and Mechanical Characteristics (3) -- 46. Effects of Elastomeric Additives on the Mechanical Properties of Epoxy Resin and Composite Systems -- Session XVIII: Finite Element Studies -- 47. A Comparison of the Failure Pressure as Predicted by Finite Element Stress Analysis with the Results of Full Scale Burst Tests on GRP Flanges -- 48. Elastic-Plastic Flexural Analysis of Laminated Composite Plates by the Finite Element Method.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401093477
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Differentiable Functions -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Linear part of a function -- 1.3 Vector viewpoint -- 1.4 Directional derivative -- 1.5 Tangent plane to a surface -- 1.6 Vector functions -- 1.7 Functions of functions -- 2. Chain Rule and Inverse Function Theorem -- 2.1 Norms -- 2.2 Fréchet derivatives -- 2.3 Chain rule -- 2.4 Inverse function theorem -- 2.5 Implicit functions -- 2.6 Functional dependence -- 2.7 Higher derivatives -- 3. Maxima and Minima -- 3.1 Extrema and stationary points -- 3.2 Constrained minima and Lagrange multipliers -- 3.3 Discriminating constrained stationary points -- 3.4 Inequality constraints -- 3.5 Discriminating maxima and minima with inequality constraints 62 Further reading -- 4. Integrating Functions of Several Variables -- 4.1 Basic ideas of integration -- 4.2 Double integrals -- 4.3 Length, area and volume -- 4.4 Integrals over curves and surfaces -- 4.5 Differential forms -- 4.6 Stokes’s theorem -- Further reading -- Appendices -- A. Background required in linear algebra and elementary calculus -- B. Compact sets, continuous functions and partitions of unity -- C. Answers to selected exercises -- Index (including table of some special symbols).
    Kurzfassung: This book is aimed at mathematics students, typically in the second year of a university course. The first chapter, however, is suitable for first-year students. Differentiable functions are treated initially from the standpoint of approximating a curved surface locally by a fiat surface. This enables both geometric intuition, and some elementary matrix algebra, to be put to effective use. In Chapter 2, the required theorems - chain rule, inverse and implicit function theorems, etc- are stated, and proved (for n variables), concisely and rigorously. Chapter 3 deals with maxima and minima, including problems with equality and inequality constraints. The chapter includes criteria for discriminating between maxima, minima and saddlepoints for constrained problems; this material is relevant for applications, but most textbooks omit it. In Chapter 4, integration over areas, volumes, curves and surfaces is developed, and both the change-of-variable formula, and the Gauss-Green-Stokes set of theorems are obtained. The integrals are defined with approximative sums (ex­ pressed concisely by using step-functions); this preserves some geometrical (and physical) concept of what is happening. Consequent on this, the main ideas of the 'differential form' approach are presented, in a simple form which avoids much of the usual length and complexity. Many examples and exercises are included.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Differentiable Functions1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Linear part of a function -- 1.3 Vector viewpoint -- 1.4 Directional derivative -- 1.5 Tangent plane to a surface -- 1.6 Vector functions -- 1.7 Functions of functions -- 2. Chain Rule and Inverse Function Theorem -- 2.1 Norms -- 2.2 Fréchet derivatives -- 2.3 Chain rule -- 2.4 Inverse function theorem -- 2.5 Implicit functions -- 2.6 Functional dependence -- 2.7 Higher derivatives -- 3. Maxima and Minima -- 3.1 Extrema and stationary points -- 3.2 Constrained minima and Lagrange multipliers -- 3.3 Discriminating constrained stationary points -- 3.4 Inequality constraints -- 3.5 Discriminating maxima and minima with inequality constraints 62 Further reading -- 4. Integrating Functions of Several Variables -- 4.1 Basic ideas of integration -- 4.2 Double integrals -- 4.3 Length, area and volume -- 4.4 Integrals over curves and surfaces -- 4.5 Differential forms -- 4.6 Stokes’s theorem -- Further reading -- Appendices -- A. Background required in linear algebra and elementary calculus -- B. Compact sets, continuous functions and partitions of unity -- C. Answers to selected exercises -- Index (including table of some special symbols).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169325
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Economic development. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Basic Issues in Setting Priorities for Science and Technology Policy -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The need for government involvement in science and technology and therefore priorities -- 1.3 Goals and variables to be taken into account in science policy -- 1.4 Goals for technology policy -- 1.5 Centralization vs decentralization, comprehensiveness and the specification of priorities -- 1.6 Forecasting and priorities -- 1.7 Critical views about the role of science and technology in economic development -- 1.8 Critical views of government support for science and technology -- Notes and references -- 2 Science Policy Options and Priorities -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Education and the stock of knowledge -- 2.3 Research and development — general issues -- 2.4 Science and industrial policy -- 2.5 Import of science vs its local supply -- 2.6 Science and social policy -- 2.7 Research for defence and big science -- 2.8 Basic vs applied vs developmental science -- 2.9 Concentration and dispersion of R & D effort -- 2.10 Performers of R & D -- 2.11 Service science -- 2.12 Science and international affairs -- 2.13 Some concluding comments -- Notes and references -- 3 T echnology Policy: Options and Priorities -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Links between science and technology and technology sequences -- 3.3 Inventions -- 3.4 Innovations -- 3.5 Diffusion of new technology -- 3.6 Replacement of equipment -- 3.7 Domestic technology transfer -- 3.8 International transfers of technology -- 3.9 Environmental overspills and technology -- 3.10 Employment problems and other social aspects of technology -- 3.11 Observations -- Notes and references -- 4 Science and Technology Policy in Large OECD Economies -- 4.1 Introduction and background data -- 4.2 Articulation and administration of priorities in West Germany -- 4.3 Selected features of German Science and Technology priorities -- 4.4 Articulation and administration of priorities in Japan -- 4.5 Selected features of Japanese science and technology priorities -- 4.6 Articulation and administration of priorities in the United Kingdom -- 4.7 Selected features of United Kingdom science and technology priorities -- 4.8 Articulation and administration of priorities in the United States -- 4.9 Selected features of American science and technology priorities -- 4.10 Some observations -- Notes and references -- 5 Science and Technology Policies of Small OECD Economies -- 5.1 Background -- 5.2 Articulation and administration of priorities in Belgium -- 5.3 Selected features of Belgian science and technology priorities -- 5.4 Articulation and administration of priorities in Canada -- 5.5 Selected features of Canadian science and technology priorities -- 5.6 Articulation and administration of priorities in the Netherlands -- 5.7 Selected features of Dutch science and technology priorities -- 5.8 Articulation and administration of priorities in Sweden -- 5.9 Selected features of Swedish science and technology priorities -- 5.10 Articulation and administration of priorities in Switzerland -- 5.11 Selected features of Swiss science and technology priorities -- 5.12 Some observations -- Notes and references -- 6 Retrospect and Prospect -- 6.1 The increased emphasis on priority assessment in science and technology policy -- 6.2 Macro approaches to taking account of science and technology priorities -- 6.3 Efficiency and science and technology priorities within sectors -- 6.4 Changing science and technology priorities -- 6.5 Why the trend towards co-ordination and explicit priorities in science and technology policy? Fundamental reasons -- 6.6 Problems inherent in the basic trend -- 6.7 Problems inherent in observed government priorities -- 6.8 In conclusion -- Notes and references.
    Kurzfassung: I was asked recently to prepare an independent background report on the subject of priority assessment in science and technology policy for the Australian Science and Technology Council. The Council (while not necessarily endorsing this book) suggested that a wider audience could be interested in the type of material contained in my report and kindly gave me permission to publish the material in my own right. The present book contains this and other material, some of which was presented at a seminar on National Science Policy: Implications for Government Departments arranged by the Department of Science and the Environment. Additional ideas were developed in response to comments on the manuscript by referees, as a result of discussions with Professor John Metcalfe and Dr Peter Stubbs of Manchester University, a conversation with Dr Keith Hartley of the University of York and in the wake of a communication from Dr Ken Tucker, Assistant Director, Bureau of Industry Economics, Australia. Science and technology policy affects and concerns everyone of us if for no other reason than we cannot escape in this interdependent world from the economic, social and environmental overs pills generated by science and technology. We must face the problems and promises inherent in new and existing science and technology whether we like it or not. Not surprisingly this book finds that all industrialized countries seem to be facing similar economic and social problems.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Basic Issues in Setting Priorities for Science and Technology Policy1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The need for government involvement in science and technology and therefore priorities -- 1.3 Goals and variables to be taken into account in science policy -- 1.4 Goals for technology policy -- 1.5 Centralization vs decentralization, comprehensiveness and the specification of priorities -- 1.6 Forecasting and priorities -- 1.7 Critical views about the role of science and technology in economic development -- 1.8 Critical views of government support for science and technology -- Notes and references -- 2 Science Policy Options and Priorities -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Education and the stock of knowledge -- 2.3 Research and development - general issues -- 2.4 Science and industrial policy -- 2.5 Import of science vs its local supply -- 2.6 Science and social policy -- 2.7 Research for defence and big science -- 2.8 Basic vs applied vs developmental science -- 2.9 Concentration and dispersion of R & D effort -- 2.10 Performers of R & D -- 2.11 Service science -- 2.12 Science and international affairs -- 2.13 Some concluding comments -- Notes and references -- 3 T echnology Policy: Options and Priorities -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Links between science and technology and technology sequences -- 3.3 Inventions -- 3.4 Innovations -- 3.5 Diffusion of new technology -- 3.6 Replacement of equipment -- 3.7 Domestic technology transfer -- 3.8 International transfers of technology -- 3.9 Environmental overspills and technology -- 3.10 Employment problems and other social aspects of technology -- 3.11 Observations -- Notes and references -- 4 Science and Technology Policy in Large OECD Economies -- 4.1 Introduction and background data -- 4.2 Articulation and administration of priorities in West Germany -- 4.3 Selected features of German Science and Technology priorities -- 4.4 Articulation and administration of priorities in Japan -- 4.5 Selected features of Japanese science and technology priorities -- 4.6 Articulation and administration of priorities in the United Kingdom -- 4.7 Selected features of United Kingdom science and technology priorities -- 4.8 Articulation and administration of priorities in the United States -- 4.9 Selected features of American science and technology priorities -- 4.10 Some observations -- Notes and references -- 5 Science and Technology Policies of Small OECD Economies -- 5.1 Background -- 5.2 Articulation and administration of priorities in Belgium -- 5.3 Selected features of Belgian science and technology priorities -- 5.4 Articulation and administration of priorities in Canada -- 5.5 Selected features of Canadian science and technology priorities -- 5.6 Articulation and administration of priorities in the Netherlands -- 5.7 Selected features of Dutch science and technology priorities -- 5.8 Articulation and administration of priorities in Sweden -- 5.9 Selected features of Swedish science and technology priorities -- 5.10 Articulation and administration of priorities in Switzerland -- 5.11 Selected features of Swiss science and technology priorities -- 5.12 Some observations -- Notes and references -- 6 Retrospect and Prospect -- 6.1 The increased emphasis on priority assessment in science and technology policy -- 6.2 Macro approaches to taking account of science and technology priorities -- 6.3 Efficiency and science and technology priorities within sectors -- 6.4 Changing science and technology priorities -- 6.5 Why the trend towards co-ordination and explicit priorities in science and technology policy? Fundamental reasons -- 6.6 Problems inherent in the basic trend -- 6.7 Problems inherent in observed government priorities -- 6.8 In conclusion -- Notes and references.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173735
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 History of Food Laws in the United States -- 2 The Setting for Food Regulatory Programs -- 3 The Legal System in the United States Government -- 4 Establishing a Legal Basis for Food Regulatory Programs -- 5 The Enactment of Federal Legislation -- 6 Publication, Documentation and Codification of Federal Legislation -- 7 Regulations -- 8 Publication of Federal Regulations -- 9 How to Use the Code of Federal Regulations and the Federal Register -- 10 Regulatory Agencies -- 11 Food Standards -- 12 Product Liability -- 13 Current Federal Food Laws -- 14 Selected Laws Relating to Operation of the Federal Government -- 15 United States Grain Standards Act of 1976 -- 16 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act -- 17 United States Warehouse Act -- 18 Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 -- 19 Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 -- 20 Animal Welfare Act -- 21 Federal Trade Commission Act -- 22 Fair Packaging and Labeling Act -- 23 Tea Importation Act -- 24 Filled Milk Act -- 25 Import Milk Act -- 26 Butter Act -- 27 Dry Milk Solids Act -- 28 Federal Meat Inspection Act -- 29 Poultry Products Inspection Act -- 30 Egg Products Inspection Act -- 31 Federal Alcohol Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code—Alcohol Excise Taxes -- 32 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 -- 33 Clean Water Act of 1977 -- 34 Public Health Service Act: Grade A Pasteurized Milk Ordinance; Grade A Condensed and Dry Milk Products Sanitation Ordinance; Safe Drinking Water Act -- 35 Environmental Law: National Environmental Policy Act of 1969; Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1970; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 Clean Air Act Noise Control Act of 1972 -- 36 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act: The Extent of Its Intent -- 37 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 301, 321, 321a, 321b and 321c: Short Title and Definitions -- 38 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 331–337: Prohibited Acts and Penalties -- 39 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 341: Definitions and Standards for Foods -- 40 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 342: Adulterated Food -- 41 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 343: Misbranded Food -- 42 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 344 and 345: Emergency Permit Control; Regulations Making Exemptions -- 43 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 346: Tolerances for Poisonous and Deleterious Substances in Food -- 44 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 346a and 346b: Tolerances for Pesticide Chemicals in or on Raw Agricultural Commodities; Authorization of Appropriations -- 45 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 347, 347a and 347b: Oleomargarine -- 46 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 348: Food Additives -- 47 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 349, 350 and 350a: Bottled Drinking Water Standards; Vitamins and Minerals; Infant Formulas -- 48 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 371–375: Regulations, Hearings and Other Administrative Provisions; Seafood Inspection -- 49 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Section 376: Listing and Certification of Color Additives for Foods, Drugs, Devices and Cosmetics -- 50 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 377–379: Advertising of Foods; Confidential Information -- 51 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act—Sections 381, 391 and 392: Imports and Exports; Miscellaneous -- Appendix A—Action Levels for Poisonous or Deleterious Substances -- Appendix B—Defect Action Levels -- Appendix C—List of General Food Categories -- Laws Cited.
    Kurzfassung: Of all industries in the United States, the food industry must in fact be the most regulated by law. If it is not, its competition for this distinction goes unnoticed. All phases of the food industry are subjected to some control by law, beginning with the land food is grown on and the oceans from which it is harvested. Seed and plant stock are sometimes subjected to control such as to the nutritional value of the foods they produce. Acreages of agricultural crops, the quantities of foods to be produced, are regulated. As foods are produced, whether from plants or animals, the substances applied to increase yields or provide protection from pests are controlled to insure safe use. As foods enter and pass through the huge marketing system they are scrutinized from beginning to end by regulatory agents operating under authority of food laws. Those foods which are transformed through various technologies into today's thousands of consumer products are watched carefully to insure the appropriateness and safety of added ingredients, not all of which are natural, and the adequacy of processing, packaging and storage. Finally, the representation of foods to consumers through labeling and advertising is controlled to make sure it is accurate and sufficiently informative.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 History of Food Laws in the United States2 The Setting for Food Regulatory Programs -- 3 The Legal System in the United States Government -- 4 Establishing a Legal Basis for Food Regulatory Programs -- 5 The Enactment of Federal Legislation -- 6 Publication, Documentation and Codification of Federal Legislation -- 7 Regulations -- 8 Publication of Federal Regulations -- 9 How to Use the Code of Federal Regulations and the Federal Register -- 10 Regulatory Agencies -- 11 Food Standards -- 12 Product Liability -- 13 Current Federal Food Laws -- 14 Selected Laws Relating to Operation of the Federal Government -- 15 United States Grain Standards Act of 1976 -- 16 Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act -- 17 United States Warehouse Act -- 18 Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 -- 19 Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 -- 20 Animal Welfare Act -- 21 Federal Trade Commission Act -- 22 Fair Packaging and Labeling Act -- 23 Tea Importation Act -- 24 Filled Milk Act -- 25 Import Milk Act -- 26 Butter Act -- 27 Dry Milk Solids Act -- 28 Federal Meat Inspection Act -- 29 Poultry Products Inspection Act -- 30 Egg Products Inspection Act -- 31 Federal Alcohol Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code-Alcohol Excise Taxes -- 32 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 -- 33 Clean Water Act of 1977 -- 34 Public Health Service Act: Grade A Pasteurized Milk Ordinance; Grade A Condensed and Dry Milk Products Sanitation Ordinance; Safe Drinking Water Act -- 35 Environmental Law: National Environmental Policy Act of 1969; Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1970; Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 Clean Air Act Noise Control Act of 1972 -- 36 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act: The Extent of Its Intent -- 37 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 301, 321, 321a, 321b and 321c: Short Title and Definitions -- 38 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 331-337: Prohibited Acts and Penalties -- 39 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 341: Definitions and Standards for Foods -- 40 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 342: Adulterated Food -- 41 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 343: Misbranded Food -- 42 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 344 and 345: Emergency Permit Control; Regulations Making Exemptions -- 43 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 346: Tolerances for Poisonous and Deleterious Substances in Food -- 44 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 346a and 346b: Tolerances for Pesticide Chemicals in or on Raw Agricultural Commodities; Authorization of Appropriations -- 45 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 347, 347a and 347b: Oleomargarine -- 46 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 348: Food Additives -- 47 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 349, 350 and 350a: Bottled Drinking Water Standards; Vitamins and Minerals; Infant Formulas -- 48 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 371-375: Regulations, Hearings and Other Administrative Provisions; Seafood Inspection -- 49 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Section 376: Listing and Certification of Color Additives for Foods, Drugs, Devices and Cosmetics -- 50 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 377-379: Advertising of Foods; Confidential Information -- 51 Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act-Sections 381, 391 and 392: Imports and Exports; Miscellaneous -- Appendix A-Action Levels for Poisonous or Deleterious Substances -- Appendix B-Defect Action Levels -- Appendix C-List of General Food Categories -- Laws Cited.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400948549
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1: Origins, management and ecological characteristics of British woodlands -- 1. Original natural woodland -- 2. Ancient woodland and traditional management -- 3. Ecological characteristics of ancient woods -- 4. High forest management -- 5. Recent secondary woodland -- 6. Long-term changes in the woodland flora -- 2: Types of semi-natural woodland in Britain -- 7. Woodland classification -- 8. Types of ancient semi-natural woodland -- 9. Management variants of stand types -- 10. Succession and stand types -- 11. British woodland types in a European context -- 3: Woodland nature conservation -- 12. Objectives and priorities of nature conservation in British woodlands -- 13. Observation and recording in woodlands -- 14. Assessment of woodlands for nature conservation -- 4: Management for nature conservation -- 15. Planning for nature conservation within forestry -- 16. Pattern and redistribution of woodland -- 17. Nature conservation aspects of woodland management -- 18. Management of semi-natural woodland -- 19. Integration of nature conservation with other objectives of woodland management -- 20. British woodland management in a European context.
    Kurzfassung: Professor John Harper, in his recent Population Biology of Plants (1977), made a comment and asked a question which effectively states the theme of this book. Noting that 'one of the consequences of the development of the theory of vegetational climax has been to guide the observer's mind forwards', i. e. that 'vegetation is interpreted as a stage on the way to something' , he commented that 'it might be more healthy and scientifically more sound to look more often backwards and search for the explanation of the present in the past, to explain systems in relation to their history rather than their goal'. He went on to contrast the 'disaster theory' of plant succession, which holds that communities are a response to the effects of past disasters, with the 'climax theory', that they are stages in the approach to a climax state, and then asked 'do we account most completely for the characteristics of a population by a knowledge of its history or of its destiny?' Had this question been put to R. S. Adamson, E. J. Salisbury, A. G. Tansley or A. S. Watt, who are amongst the giants of the first forty years of woodland ecology in Britain, their answer would surely have been that understanding lies in a knowledge of destiny. Whilst not unaware of the historical facts of British woodlands, they were preoccupied with ideas of natural succession and climax, and tended to interpret their observations in these terms.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1: Origins, management and ecological characteristics of British woodlands1. Original natural woodland -- 2. Ancient woodland and traditional management -- 3. Ecological characteristics of ancient woods -- 4. High forest management -- 5. Recent secondary woodland -- 6. Long-term changes in the woodland flora -- 2: Types of semi-natural woodland in Britain -- 7. Woodland classification -- 8. Types of ancient semi-natural woodland -- 9. Management variants of stand types -- 10. Succession and stand types -- 11. British woodland types in a European context -- 3: Woodland nature conservation -- 12. Objectives and priorities of nature conservation in British woodlands -- 13. Observation and recording in woodlands -- 14. Assessment of woodlands for nature conservation -- 4: Management for nature conservation -- 15. Planning for nature conservation within forestry -- 16. Pattern and redistribution of woodland -- 17. Nature conservation aspects of woodland management -- 18. Management of semi-natural woodland -- 19. Integration of nature conservation with other objectives of woodland management -- 20. British woodland management in a European context.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958364
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Some properties of basic statistical procedures -- 1.1 Problems of statistics -- 1.2 The t, X2 and F procedures -- 1.3 Standard assumptions and their plausibility -- 1.4 Tests of normality -- 1.5 Moments of $$\bar{x}$$ and s2 -- 1.6 The effect of skewness and kurtosis on the t-test -- 1.7 The effect of skewness and kurtosis on inferences about variances -- 1.8 The effect of serial correlation -- 1.9 The effect of unequal variances on the two-sample t-test -- 1.10 Discussion -- Further reading -- 2 Regression and the linear model -- 2.1 Linear models -- 2.2 The method of least squares -- 2.3 Properties of the estimators and sums of squares -- 2.4 Further analysis of Example 2.1 -- 2.5 The regressions of y on x and of x on y -- 2.6 Two regressor variables -- 2.7 Discussion -- 3 Statistical models and statistical inference -- 3.1 Parametric inference -- 3.2 Point estimates -- 3.3 The likelihood function -- 3.4 The method of maximum likelihood -- 3.5 The Cramér — Rao inequality -- 3.6 Sufficiency -- 3.7 The multivariate normal distribution -- 3.8 Proof of the Cramér — Rao inequality -- Further reading -- 4 Properties of the method of maximum likelihood -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Formal statements of main properties -- 4.3 Practical aspects — one-parameter case -- 4.4 Practical aspects — multiparameter case -- 4.5 Other methods of estimation -- 5 The method of least squares -- 5.1 Basic model -- 5.2 Properties of the method -- 5.3 Properties of residuals -- 5.4 Properties of sums of squares -- 5.5 Application to multiple regression -- Further reading -- 6 Multiple regression: Further analysis and interpretation -- 6.1 Testing the significance of subsets of explanatory variables -- 6.2 Application of the extra sum-of-squares principle to multiple regression -- 6.3 Problems of interpretation -- 6.4 Relationships between sums of squares -- 6.5 Departures from assumptions -- 6.6 Predictions from regression -- 6.7 Strategies for multiple regression analysis -- 6.8 Practical details -- Further reading on practical points -- 7 Polynomial regression -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 General theory -- 7.3 Derivation of the polynomials -- 7.4 Tables of orthogonal polynomials -- 7.5 An illustrative example -- 8 The use of transformations -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 One explanatory variable -- 8.3 Transformations for homogeneity of variance -- 8.4 An example -- 8.5 The Box—Cox transformation -- 8.6 Transformations of regressor variables -- 8.7 Application to bioassay data -- Further reading -- 9 Correlation -- 9.1 Definition and examples -- 9.2 Correlation or regression? -- 9.3 Estimation of ? -- 9.4 Results on the distribution of R -- 9.5 Confidence intervals and hypothesis tests for ? -- 9.6 Relationship with regression -- 9.7 Partial correlation -- 9.8 The multiple correlation coefficient -- Further reading -- 10 The analysis of variance -- 10.1 An example -- 10.2 Generalized inverses -- 10.3 Least squares using generalized inverses -- 10.4 One-way classification analysis of variance -- 10.5 A discussion of Example 10.1 -- 10.6 Two-way classification -- 10.7 A discussion of Example 10.2 -- 10.8 General method for analysis of variance -- Further reading -- 11 Designs with regressions in the treatment effects -- 11.1 One-way analysis -- 11.2 Parallel regressions -- 11.3 The two-way analysis -- 12 An analysis of data on trees -- 12.1 The data -- 12.2 Regression analyses -- 12.3 The analysis of covariance -- 12.4 Residuals -- 13 The analysis of variance: Subsidiary analyses -- 13.1 Multiple comparisons: Introduction -- 13.2 Multiple comparisons: Various techniques -- 13.3 Departures from underlying assumptions -- 13.4 Tests for heteroscedasticity -- 13.5 Residuals and outliers -- 13.6 Some points of experimental design: General points -- 13.7 Some points of experimental design: Randomized blocks -- Further reading on experimental design -- 14 Components of variance -- 14.1 Components of variance -- 14.2 Components of variance: Follow-up analysis -- 14.3 Nested classifications -- 14.4 Outline analysis of Example 14.3 -- 14.5 Nested classifications: Finite population model -- 14.6 Sampling from finite populations -- 14.7 Nested classifications with unequal numbers -- Further reading -- 15 Crossed classifications -- 15.1 Crossed classifications and interactions -- 15.2 More about interactions -- 15.3 Analysis of a two-way equally replicated design -- 15.4 An analysis of Example 15.1 -- 15.5 Unit errors -- 15.6 Random-effects models -- 15.7 Analysis of a two-way unequally replicated design -- Further reading -- 16 Further analysis of variance -- 16.1 Three-way crossed classification -- 16.2 An analysis of Example 16.1 -- Further reading -- 17 The generalized linear model -- 17.1 Introduction -- 17.2 The maximum likelihood ratio test -- 17.3 The family of probability distributions permitted -- 17.4 The generalized linear model -- 17.5 The analysis of deviance -- 17.6 Illustration using the radiation experiment data -- Further reading -- References.
    Kurzfassung: This book began many years ago as course notes for students at the University of Bath, and later at the University of Kent. Students used draft versions of the chapters, which were consequently revised. Second and third year students, as well as those taking MSc courses have used selections of the chapters. In particular, Chapters I to 7 (only) have been the basis of a very successful second-year course, the more difficult sections being omitted. The aims of this particular course were:- (a) to cover some interesting and useful applications of statistics with an emphasis on applications, but with really adequate theory; (b) to lay the foundations for interesting third-year courses; (c) to tie up with certain areas of pure mathematics and numerical analysis. 2 Students will find Chapter I a useful means of revising the t, X and F procedures, which is material assumed in this text, see Section 1.1. Later sections of Chapter I cover robustness and can be omitted by second-year students or at a first reading. Chapter 2 introduces some simple statistical models, so that the discussion of later chapters is more meaningful.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Some properties of basic statistical procedures1.1 Problems of statistics -- 1.2 The t, X2 and F procedures -- 1.3 Standard assumptions and their plausibility -- 1.4 Tests of normality -- 1.5 Moments of $$\bar{x}$$ and s2 -- 1.6 The effect of skewness and kurtosis on the t-test -- 1.7 The effect of skewness and kurtosis on inferences about variances -- 1.8 The effect of serial correlation -- 1.9 The effect of unequal variances on the two-sample t-test -- 1.10 Discussion -- Further reading -- 2 Regression and the linear model -- 2.1 Linear models -- 2.2 The method of least squares -- 2.3 Properties of the estimators and sums of squares -- 2.4 Further analysis of Example 2.1 -- 2.5 The regressions of y on x and of x on y -- 2.6 Two regressor variables -- 2.7 Discussion -- 3 Statistical models and statistical inference -- 3.1 Parametric inference -- 3.2 Point estimates -- 3.3 The likelihood function -- 3.4 The method of maximum likelihood -- 3.5 The Cramér - Rao inequality -- 3.6 Sufficiency -- 3.7 The multivariate normal distribution -- 3.8 Proof of the Cramér - Rao inequality -- Further reading -- 4 Properties of the method of maximum likelihood -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Formal statements of main properties -- 4.3 Practical aspects - one-parameter case -- 4.4 Practical aspects - multiparameter case -- 4.5 Other methods of estimation -- 5 The method of least squares -- 5.1 Basic model -- 5.2 Properties of the method -- 5.3 Properties of residuals -- 5.4 Properties of sums of squares -- 5.5 Application to multiple regression -- Further reading -- 6 Multiple regression: Further analysis and interpretation -- 6.1 Testing the significance of subsets of explanatory variables -- 6.2 Application of the extra sum-of-squares principle to multiple regression -- 6.3 Problems of interpretation -- 6.4 Relationships between sums of squares -- 6.5 Departures from assumptions -- 6.6 Predictions from regression -- 6.7 Strategies for multiple regression analysis -- 6.8 Practical details -- Further reading on practical points -- 7 Polynomial regression -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 General theory -- 7.3 Derivation of the polynomials -- 7.4 Tables of orthogonal polynomials -- 7.5 An illustrative example -- 8 The use of transformations -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 One explanatory variable -- 8.3 Transformations for homogeneity of variance -- 8.4 An example -- 8.5 The Box-Cox transformation -- 8.6 Transformations of regressor variables -- 8.7 Application to bioassay data -- Further reading -- 9 Correlation -- 9.1 Definition and examples -- 9.2 Correlation or regression? -- 9.3 Estimation of ? -- 9.4 Results on the distribution of R -- 9.5 Confidence intervals and hypothesis tests for ? -- 9.6 Relationship with regression -- 9.7 Partial correlation -- 9.8 The multiple correlation coefficient -- Further reading -- 10 The analysis of variance -- 10.1 An example -- 10.2 Generalized inverses -- 10.3 Least squares using generalized inverses -- 10.4 One-way classification analysis of variance -- 10.5 A discussion of Example 10.1 -- 10.6 Two-way classification -- 10.7 A discussion of Example 10.2 -- 10.8 General method for analysis of variance -- Further reading -- 11 Designs with regressions in the treatment effects -- 11.1 One-way analysis -- 11.2 Parallel regressions -- 11.3 The two-way analysis -- 12 An analysis of data on trees -- 12.1 The data -- 12.2 Regression analyses -- 12.3 The analysis of covariance -- 12.4 Residuals -- 13 The analysis of variance: Subsidiary analyses -- 13.1 Multiple comparisons: Introduction -- 13.2 Multiple comparisons: Various techniques -- 13.3 Departures from underlying assumptions -- 13.4 Tests for heteroscedasticity -- 13.5 Residuals and outliers -- 13.6 Some points of experimental design: General points -- 13.7 Some points of experimental design: Randomized blocks -- Further reading on experimental design -- 14 Components of variance -- 14.1 Components of variance -- 14.2 Components of variance: Follow-up analysis -- 14.3 Nested classifications -- 14.4 Outline analysis of Example 14.3 -- 14.5 Nested classifications: Finite population model -- 14.6 Sampling from finite populations -- 14.7 Nested classifications with unequal numbers -- Further reading -- 15 Crossed classifications -- 15.1 Crossed classifications and interactions -- 15.2 More about interactions -- 15.3 Analysis of a two-way equally replicated design -- 15.4 An analysis of Example 15.1 -- 15.5 Unit errors -- 15.6 Random-effects models -- 15.7 Analysis of a two-way unequally replicated design -- Further reading -- 16 Further analysis of variance -- 16.1 Three-way crossed classification -- 16.2 An analysis of Example 16.1 -- Further reading -- 17 The generalized linear model -- 17.1 Introduction -- 17.2 The maximum likelihood ratio test -- 17.3 The family of probability distributions permitted -- 17.4 The generalized linear model -- 17.5 The analysis of deviance -- 17.6 Illustration using the radiation experiment data -- Further reading -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958333
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Primary and secondary metabolism -- 1.2 Stereochemistry and biosynthesis -- 1.3 Some reactions of general importance in secondary metabolism -- 2 Techniques for biosynthesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isotopic labelling -- 2.3 Enzymes and mutants -- 3 Polyketides -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Formation of poly-?-keto-acyl-CoA’s -- 3.3 Tetraketides -- 3.4 Pentaketides -- 3.5 Hexaketides -- 3.6 Heptaketides -- 3.7 Octaketides -- 3.8 Nona- and deca-ketides -- 3.9 Polyketides with mixed origins -- 4 Terpenes and steroids -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Steroids -- 4.3 Pentacyclic triterpenes -- 4.4 Squalene -- 4.5 Monoterpenes -- 4.6 Sesquiterpenes -- 4.7 Diterpenes -- 4.8 Sesterpenes -- 4.9 Carotenoids and vitamin A -- 5 The shikimic acid pathway -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Quinones -- 5.3 Coumarins -- 5.4 Flavonoids -- 6 Alkaloids -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Piperidine and pyrrolidine alkaloids -- 6.3 Isoquinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.4 Amaryllidaceae and mesembrine alkaloids -- 6.5 Quinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.6 Indole alkaloids -- 6.7 Ipecac alkaloids -- 6.8 Miscellaneous alkaloids -- 7 Microbial metabolites containing nitrogen -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Piperidine and pyridine metabolites -- 7.3 Diketopiperazines -- 7.4 Benzodiazepines -- 7.5 Metabolites derived from the tryptophan pathway -- 7.6 Miscellaneous metabolites.
    Kurzfassung: This is a book about experiments and results of experiments. The results described are the fruit of thirty years' labour in the field of secondary metabolism. Secondary metabolism, more than any other part of the chemistry of life, has been the special preserve of organic chemists. Investiga­ tion of secondary metabolism began with curiosity about the struc­ tures of compounds isolated from natural sources, i.e. secondary metabolites. Coeval with structure determination there has been a curiosity about the origins and mechanism of formation of secondary metabolites (or natural products as they have been called). It is the experimental outcome of this curiosity that is described here. This account is primarily intended to be an introduction to the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites. I have also endeavoured, however, to make the book as comprehensive as possIble. This has meant that some of the material has had to be presented in abbrevi­ ated form. The abbreviated material is largely confined to particular sections of the book. The paragraphs marked with a dagger (t) can be omitted by the reader wishing to acquire a general introduction to the subject. A blend of the most significant and the most recent references is cited to provide the reader with ready access to the primary litera­ ture. This is clearly most necessary for the material presented in abbreviated form. Relevant reviews are also cited.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Primary and secondary metabolism -- 1.2 Stereochemistry and biosynthesis -- 1.3 Some reactions of general importance in secondary metabolism -- 2 Techniques for biosynthesis -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isotopic labelling -- 2.3 Enzymes and mutants -- 3 Polyketides -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Formation of poly-?-keto-acyl-CoA’s -- 3.3 Tetraketides -- 3.4 Pentaketides -- 3.5 Hexaketides -- 3.6 Heptaketides -- 3.7 Octaketides -- 3.8 Nona- and deca-ketides -- 3.9 Polyketides with mixed origins -- 4 Terpenes and steroids -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Steroids -- 4.3 Pentacyclic triterpenes -- 4.4 Squalene -- 4.5 Monoterpenes -- 4.6 Sesquiterpenes -- 4.7 Diterpenes -- 4.8 Sesterpenes -- 4.9 Carotenoids and vitamin A -- 5 The shikimic acid pathway -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Quinones -- 5.3 Coumarins -- 5.4 Flavonoids -- 6 Alkaloids -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Piperidine and pyrrolidine alkaloids -- 6.3 Isoquinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.4 Amaryllidaceae and mesembrine alkaloids -- 6.5 Quinoline and related alkaloids -- 6.6 Indole alkaloids -- 6.7 Ipecac alkaloids -- 6.8 Miscellaneous alkaloids -- 7 Microbial metabolites containing nitrogen -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Piperidine and pyridine metabolites -- 7.3 Diketopiperazines -- 7.4 Benzodiazepines -- 7.5 Metabolites derived from the tryptophan pathway -- 7.6 Miscellaneous metabolites.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160308
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Some Properties of Basic Statistical Procedures -- 2 Regression and the Linear Model -- 3 Statistical Models and Statistical Inference -- 4 Properties of the Method of Maximum Likelihood -- 5 The Method of Least Squares -- 6 Multiple Regression: Further Analysis and Interpretation -- 7 Polynomial Regression -- 8 The Use of Transformations -- 9 Correlation -- 10 The Analysis of Variance -- 11 Designs with Regressions in the Treatment Effects -- 12 An Analysis of Data on Trees -- 13 The Analysis of Variance: Subsidiary Analyses -- 14 Random Effects Models -- 15 Crossed Classifications -- 16 Further Analysis of Variance -- 17 The Generalized Linear Model -- Appendix A Some Important Definitions and Results.
    Kurzfassung: This booklet contains hints to the solutions and answers where necessary, of the exercises contained in 'Intermediate Statistical Methods' by G. Barrie Wetherill. The following principles have been adopted in dealing with the answers. (1) In some cases the answer is the drawing of a graph, and this has been omitted. (2) In many numerical exercises a considerable amount of 'data snooping', plotting of residuals, etc. should follow the main ~sis. The inclusion of this material would make the answer booklet far too long. (3) In some cases there is a readily available reference from which the answer can be ob~ained, in which case reference has been made to this. It is not necessary to work through every exercise , but it should be recognised that the exercises are an integral part of the main text, and a comprehensive grasp of the subj ect cannot be obtained without attempting a substantial proportion of them. It is hoped that this booklet will be of assistance in pointing the way, and providing a check on the more vital calculations. The importance of numerical exercises should be stressed, and it is here that Appendix B is of importance. There is abundant material available there in many different fields of application. Currently we are in the process of mounting a form of Appendix B on a computer, together with accessing programs.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Some Properties of Basic Statistical Procedures2 Regression and the Linear Model -- 3 Statistical Models and Statistical Inference -- 4 Properties of the Method of Maximum Likelihood -- 5 The Method of Least Squares -- 6 Multiple Regression: Further Analysis and Interpretation -- 7 Polynomial Regression -- 8 The Use of Transformations -- 9 Correlation -- 10 The Analysis of Variance -- 11 Designs with Regressions in the Treatment Effects -- 12 An Analysis of Data on Trees -- 13 The Analysis of Variance: Subsidiary Analyses -- 14 Random Effects Models -- 15 Crossed Classifications -- 16 Further Analysis of Variance -- 17 The Generalized Linear Model -- Appendix A Some Important Definitions and Results.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401167468
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Scattering of Radiation by Particles -- 1.1 Interaction of radiation with single particles -- 1.2 Interaction of radiation with particle clouds -- 1.3 Electromagnetic wave propagation -- 1.4 General scattering relationships -- 1.5 General scattering theory -- 1.6 Approximation methods in scattering -- 1.7 Multiple scattering and radiative transfer -- 1.8 Anisotropy -- 1.9 Irregular particles -- 2. Radiative Transfer in Particle Clouds -- 2.1 Radiation emitted by sources -- 2.2 Radiative transfer between source and sink -- 2.3 The equation of radiative transfer -- 2.4 Radiative transfer in the absence of multiple scattering -- 2.5 Radiative transfer in the presence of multiple scattering -- 3. Methods of Measuring Particle Size Distribution -- 3 1 Methods of measuring dispersity of solid and liquid particles -- 3 2 Photographic and holographic methods for measuring particle sizes -- 3.3 Methods based on the Fraunhofer diffraction pattern -- 3.4 Methods based on anomalous diffraction -- 3.5 The Phillips-Twomey inversion method -- 3.6 The Backus-Gilbert inversion method -- 3.7 Comparison of the inversion methods -- 4. Measuring Instruments and Data Processing for the Determination of Particle Size Distribution -- 4.1 Swithenbank’s method -- 4.2 Shifrin’s method -- 4.3 The Shifrin-Kolmakov method -- 4.4 The Shifrin-Perelman method -- 5. Other Measurements using Light Scattering -- 5.1 Laser fringe anemometry -- 5.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 5.3 Measurement of anisotropy -- 6. Measurement of Particle Characteristics in Industry and Research -- 6.1 A study of steam turbine operation -- 6.2 A study of gas turbine blade cooling -- 6.3 Determination of drop size spectrum in sprays -- 6.4 Determination of the size distribution of drops in a natural gas stream -- 6.5 Determination of contamination in oil products -- 6.6 Determination of the spectrum of mercury drop sizes in HV gas discharge devices -- 6.7 Measurement of particle size in a flame -- 6.8 Estimation of aggregate size of carbon black by the dispersion quotient method -- 6.9 Measurement of crystal growth rates -- 6.10 Determination of the size distribution of liquid aerosols -- 6.11 Kinetic measurements in aerosols -- 6.12 Determination of the size distribution of atmospheric aerosols -- 6.13 Determination of particle size in seawater -- 6.14 A study of the efficiency of dust collectors -- 6.15 A study of processes taking place in wet scrubbers -- References -- Author index.
    Kurzfassung: Whenever a wave encounters an obstacle a number of processes occur. For large objects we envisage reflection and transmission with refraction and, in ·many cases, absorption. These phenomena can be described with the aid of ray tracing or geometrical optics, but they do not completely describe the interaction. Diffraction also occurs, and this can only be described by the properties of waves, wave optics. When the object is less than or of the order of the wavelength these processes cannot be so simply understood. The whole interaction is governed by wave optics, and the interactions are lumped together under the heading 'scattering'. Associated with the above there may be changes in frequency of the wave. This may arise due to the Doppler effect if the obstacle is moving or changing in time in any way. Also there can be changes in the energy of the object which must be matched by the wave, such as, for example, in the Raman effect.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Scattering of Radiation by Particles1.1 Interaction of radiation with single particles -- 1.2 Interaction of radiation with particle clouds -- 1.3 Electromagnetic wave propagation -- 1.4 General scattering relationships -- 1.5 General scattering theory -- 1.6 Approximation methods in scattering -- 1.7 Multiple scattering and radiative transfer -- 1.8 Anisotropy -- 1.9 Irregular particles -- 2. Radiative Transfer in Particle Clouds -- 2.1 Radiation emitted by sources -- 2.2 Radiative transfer between source and sink -- 2.3 The equation of radiative transfer -- 2.4 Radiative transfer in the absence of multiple scattering -- 2.5 Radiative transfer in the presence of multiple scattering -- 3. Methods of Measuring Particle Size Distribution -- 3 1 Methods of measuring dispersity of solid and liquid particles -- 3 2 Photographic and holographic methods for measuring particle sizes -- 3.3 Methods based on the Fraunhofer diffraction pattern -- 3.4 Methods based on anomalous diffraction -- 3.5 The Phillips-Twomey inversion method -- 3.6 The Backus-Gilbert inversion method -- 3.7 Comparison of the inversion methods -- 4. Measuring Instruments and Data Processing for the Determination of Particle Size Distribution -- 4.1 Swithenbank’s method -- 4.2 Shifrin’s method -- 4.3 The Shifrin-Kolmakov method -- 4.4 The Shifrin-Perelman method -- 5. Other Measurements using Light Scattering -- 5.1 Laser fringe anemometry -- 5.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 5.3 Measurement of anisotropy -- 6. Measurement of Particle Characteristics in Industry and Research -- 6.1 A study of steam turbine operation -- 6.2 A study of gas turbine blade cooling -- 6.3 Determination of drop size spectrum in sprays -- 6.4 Determination of the size distribution of drops in a natural gas stream -- 6.5 Determination of contamination in oil products -- 6.6 Determination of the spectrum of mercury drop sizes in HV gas discharge devices -- 6.7 Measurement of particle size in a flame -- 6.8 Estimation of aggregate size of carbon black by the dispersion quotient method -- 6.9 Measurement of crystal growth rates -- 6.10 Determination of the size distribution of liquid aerosols -- 6.11 Kinetic measurements in aerosols -- 6.12 Determination of the size distribution of atmospheric aerosols -- 6.13 Determination of particle size in seawater -- 6.14 A study of the efficiency of dust collectors -- 6.15 A study of processes taking place in wet scrubbers -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401099264
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The Fuel We Waste -- 2 Ignition -- 3 Carburation -- 4 Testing -- 5 Tuning -- 6 Variable Venturi Carburetters -- 7 Fixed Venturi Carburetters -- 8 Proprietary Tuning Kits -- 9 Electronic Ignition Kits -- 10 Bolt-on Aids to Economy -- 11 Driving for Economy -- Appendix Suppliers’ Names and Addresses.
    Kurzfassung: This book is for the typical motorist who, as shown in the first chapter, only looks at his engine when he remembers to check the oil level or has noticed a tendency to misfire under load. He could be aware that the car no longer gives the good mpg it gave when he bought it as an 'immaculate used car' and could be wondering what to do about it. This book will tell him. The richer motorists in their new Jaguars and Mercedes - the ones that flash past us on the Motorway - never worry about fuel consumption. This book is not for them. Here, then, is an explanation of the principles of tuning, fol­ lowed by a simple step-by-step DIY tuning schedule. A hard look is taken at the many magical economy devices offered in the Press. Two of these are shown to stand up to critical examination and honest testing, namely some electronic ignition kits and the Kenlowe electric fan. Two more devices show marginal gains in economy. Finally, we offer advice on how to approach the economy driving techniques of the successful Economy Rally drivers. Since we live in such a cynical age we find it necessary to state that we have no connections with, nor have received any financial inducements from, any of the recommended firms making tun­ ing equipment or economy aids. We must thank these companies for all the useful information they have supplied. A full list is given in the Appendix.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The Fuel We Waste2 Ignition -- 3 Carburation -- 4 Testing -- 5 Tuning -- 6 Variable Venturi Carburetters -- 7 Fixed Venturi Carburetters -- 8 Proprietary Tuning Kits -- 9 Electronic Ignition Kits -- 10 Bolt-on Aids to Economy -- 11 Driving for Economy -- Appendix Suppliers’ Names and Addresses.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169240
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Operations research. ; Management science. ; Artificial intelligence—Data processing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Linear Programming -- 2. Algorithms -- 3. Duality -- 4. Theory of Games -- 5. Transportation and Flow in Networks -- 6. Integer Programming -- 7. Linear Programming under Uncertainty -- Answers to Problems -- References.
    Kurzfassung: This text is based on a course of about 16 hours lectures to students of mathematics, statistics, and/or operational research. It is intended to introduce readers to the very wide range of applicability of linear programming, covering problems of manage­ ment, administration, transportation and a number of other uses which are mentioned in their context. The emphasis is on numerical algorithms, which are illustrated by examples of such modest size that the solutions can be obtained using pen and paper. It is clear that these methods, if applied to larger problems, can also be carried out on automatic (electronic) computers. Commercially available computer packages are, in fact, mainly based on algorithms explained in this book. The author is convinced that the user of these algorithms ought to be knowledgeable about the underlying theory. Therefore this volume is not merely addressed to the practitioner, but also to the mathematician who is interested in relatively new developments in algebraic theory and in some combinatorial theory as well. The chapters on duality, and on flow in networks, are particularly directed towards this aim and they contain theorems which might not be directly relevant to methods of computation. The application of the concept of duality to the theory of games is of historical interest. It is hoped that the figures, which illustrate the results, will be found illuminating by readers with active geometrical imagination.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Linear Programming2. Algorithms -- 3. Duality -- 4. Theory of Games -- 5. Transportation and Flow in Networks -- 6. Integer Programming -- 7. Linear Programming under Uncertainty -- Answers to Problems -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401190190
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (822p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; International law. ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; Comparative law.
    Kurzfassung: One: The Court of Justice and the Community Legal Order -- 1. The Nature and Jurisdiction of the Court of Justice -- Two: Direct Judicial Control -- A. Review of Legality of Community Acts -- 2. Action for Annulment -- 3. Action for Default -- 4. Plea of an Exception of Illegality -- 5. Action for Damages -- B. Action for Infringement of Community Law -- 6. Infringement Procedure against a Defaulting Member State -- 7. Infringement Procedure against Defaulting Private Parties -- C. Constitutional Control -- 8. Preventive Judicial Control -- Three: Indirect Judicial Control: Community Law Before National Courts -- 9. General Problems of the EEC Treaty Article -- 10. Uniform Interpretation of Community Law -- 11. Review of Validity of Community Acts -- 12. EEC Treaty Article 177 in the Practice of National Courts -- 13. Provisions Directly Effective: Additional Judicial Protection of Individuals -- 14. Supremacy of Community Law -- 15. Supremacy of Community Law in the Practice of the National Courts of the Member States -- 1. Documents and Publications of the European Communities -- 2. General Works -- 3. Articles -- 4. Table of Cases Cited and Annotated -- A. Jurisprudence of the Court of Justice -- B. Case Law of National Courts -- 5. Legal Documentation.
    Kurzfassung: The development of the judicial control of the European Communities is perhaps best illustrated by comparing the first decision the Court of Justice rendered in December 1954, under the ECSC Treaty, with its preliminary rulings van Gend & Loos (1962), ENEL (1964) and Simmenthal II (1978) rendered under the EEC Treaty. In the first case the Court quashed a decision of the High Authority impugned by an annulment action of a Member State for an illegal exercise of Community powers - a judicial control which at the time already represented a spectacular legal in­ novation introduced by the ECSC Treaty. At that time the Court was, for evident reasons, still reserved as to its role within the unprecedented institutional structure of the Community. In van Gend, ENEL and Simmenthal II, on the other hand, the Court resolutely pursued a judicial policy intended to ensure an effective operation of the Community legal order, a problem hardly envisaged in 1954. In these rulings the Court characterized the emerging legal order and stated its fundamental and indispensable requirements: the unlimited supremacy of Community law and its direct effect. The development of a superior and autonomous Community legal order was finally completed by the Court's recognition of fundamental Communiry rights of individuals. This development from an initially reserved stand of the Court searching for its proper role and its potentialities to a bold and determined judicial policy is truly remarkable.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One: The Court of Justice and the Community Legal Order1. The Nature and Jurisdiction of the Court of Justice -- Two: Direct Judicial Control -- A. Review of Legality of Community Acts -- 2. Action for Annulment -- 3. Action for Default -- 4. Plea of an Exception of Illegality -- 5. Action for Damages -- B. Action for Infringement of Community Law -- 6. Infringement Procedure against a Defaulting Member State -- 7. Infringement Procedure against Defaulting Private Parties -- C. Constitutional Control -- 8. Preventive Judicial Control -- Three: Indirect Judicial Control: Community Law Before National Courts -- 9. General Problems of the EEC Treaty Article -- 10. Uniform Interpretation of Community Law -- 11. Review of Validity of Community Acts -- 12. EEC Treaty Article 177 in the Practice of National Courts -- 13. Provisions Directly Effective: Additional Judicial Protection of Individuals -- 14. Supremacy of Community Law -- 15. Supremacy of Community Law in the Practice of the National Courts of the Member States -- 1. Documents and Publications of the European Communities -- 2. General Works -- 3. Articles -- 4. Table of Cases Cited and Annotated -- A. Jurisprudence of the Court of Justice -- B. Case Law of National Courts -- 5. Legal Documentation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511926
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Annuaire Europeen / European Yearbook
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law.
    Kurzfassung: Table des Matieres -- Articles -- A Year of Achievement -- Pouvoirs Limites Mais Influence Reelle D’un Organe Consultatif: L’assemblee Parlementaire du Conseil de L’europe -- “And Now We are One”: The First Year of the European Parliament -- La Fondation Europeenne de la Science -- Section Documentaire -- Tableau des Membres des Organisations Europeennes, 1979 -- Chapitre I — Commission Centrale Pour La Navigation Du Rhin -- Chapitre II — Union Economique Benelux -- Chapitre III — Union de L’europe Occidentale -- Chapitre IV — Organisation de Cooperation et de Developpement Economiques -- Chapitre V — Conseil de L’europe -- Chapitre VI — Commission Internationale de L’etat Civil -- Chapitre VII — Les Communautes Europeennes -- Chapitre VIII — Conseil Nordique et Conseil Ministeriel Nordique -- Chapitre IX — Conference Europeenne des Ministres des Transports -- Chapitre X — Organisation Europeenne Pour la Recherche Nucleaire (CERN) -- Chapitre XI — Commission Europeenne de L’aviation Civile -- Chapitre XII — Conference Europeenne des Administrations des Postes et des Telecommunications -- Chapitre XIII — Association Europeenne de Libre-Echange -- Chapitre XIV — Agence Spatiale Europeenne -- Chapitre XV — Organisation Europeenne Pour la Securite de la Navigation Aerienne (Eurocontrol) -- Articles -- A Year of Achievement -- Pouvoirs Limites Mais Influence Reelle D’un Organe Consultatif: L’assemblee Parlementaire du Conseil de L’europe -- “And Now We are One”: The First Year of the European Parliament -- La Fondation Europeenne de la Science -- Documentary Section -- Table of Members of European Organisations, 1979 -- I — Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine -- II — Benelux Economic Union (in French only) -- III — Western European Union -- IV — Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development -- V — Council of Europe -- VI — International Commission on Civil Status -- VII — European Communities -- VIII — Nordic Council and Nordic Council of Ministers -- IX — European Conference of ministers of Transport -- X — European Organisation for Nuclear Research (CERN) -- XI — European Civil Aviation Conference -- XII — European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations -- XIII — European Free Trade Association -- XIV — European Space Agency -- XV — European Organisation for the Safety of Air Navigation (Eurocontrol) -- Section Bibliographique / Bibliographical Section -- I. Livres sur la Cooperation Europeenne / I. Books on European Co-Operation -- II. Bibliographie Selective des Articles de Periodiques et des Brochures 1979 / II. Selected Bibliography of Periodical and Pamphlet Material 1979 -- A. Cooperation Europeenne en General / A. European Co-Operation in General -- B. Cooperation Economique / B. Economic Co-Operation -- C. Conseil de L’europe / C. Council of Europe -- D. Communautes Europeennes / D. European Communities -- E. Questions de Defense / E. Defence Questions -- Table des Noms / Listofnames -- Index Alphabetique / Alphabetical Index -- General Index.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Table des MatieresArticles -- A Year of Achievement -- Pouvoirs Limites Mais Influence Reelle D’un Organe Consultatif: L’assemblee Parlementaire du Conseil de L’europe -- “And Now We are One”: The First Year of the European Parliament -- La Fondation Europeenne de la Science -- Section Documentaire -- Tableau des Membres des Organisations Europeennes, 1979 -- Chapitre I - Commission Centrale Pour La Navigation Du Rhin -- Chapitre II - Union Economique Benelux -- Chapitre III - Union de L’europe Occidentale -- Chapitre IV - Organisation de Cooperation et de Developpement Economiques -- Chapitre V - Conseil de L’europe -- Chapitre VI - Commission Internationale de L’etat Civil -- Chapitre VII - Les Communautes Europeennes -- Chapitre VIII - Conseil Nordique et Conseil Ministeriel Nordique -- Chapitre IX - Conference Europeenne des Ministres des Transports -- Chapitre X - Organisation Europeenne Pour la Recherche Nucleaire (CERN) -- Chapitre XI - Commission Europeenne de L’aviation Civile -- Chapitre XII - Conference Europeenne des Administrations des Postes et des Telecommunications -- Chapitre XIII - Association Europeenne de Libre-Echange -- Chapitre XIV - Agence Spatiale Europeenne -- Chapitre XV - Organisation Europeenne Pour la Securite de la Navigation Aerienne (Eurocontrol) -- Articles -- A Year of Achievement -- Pouvoirs Limites Mais Influence Reelle D’un Organe Consultatif: L’assemblee Parlementaire du Conseil de L’europe -- “And Now We are One”: The First Year of the European Parliament -- La Fondation Europeenne de la Science -- Documentary Section -- Table of Members of European Organisations, 1979 -- I - Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine -- II - Benelux Economic Union (in French only) -- III - Western European Union -- IV - Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development -- V - Council of Europe -- VI - International Commission on Civil Status -- VII - European Communities -- VIII - Nordic Council and Nordic Council of Ministers -- IX - European Conference of ministers of Transport -- X - European Organisation for Nuclear Research (CERN) -- XI - European Civil Aviation Conference -- XII - European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations -- XIII - European Free Trade Association -- XIV - European Space Agency -- XV - European Organisation for the Safety of Air Navigation (Eurocontrol) -- Section Bibliographique / Bibliographical Section -- I. Livres sur la Cooperation Europeenne / I. Books on European Co-Operation -- II. Bibliographie Selective des Articles de Periodiques et des Brochures 1979 / II. Selected Bibliography of Periodical and Pamphlet Material 1979 -- A. Cooperation Europeenne en General / A. European Co-Operation in General -- B. Cooperation Economique / B. Economic Co-Operation -- C. Conseil de L’europe / C. Council of Europe -- D. Communautes Europeennes / D. European Communities -- E. Questions de Defense / E. Defence Questions -- Table des Noms / Listofnames -- Index Alphabetique / Alphabetical Index -- General Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401167406
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Paper 1. Keynote: Enzymes and Food Processing -- Paper 2. New Developments in Starch Syrup Technology -- Paper 3. Enzymes in Fructose Manufacture -- Paper 4. Production of Maltose by Pullulanase and ?-Amylase -- Paper 5. Lactases and their Applications -- Paper 6. Pectic Enzymes -- Paper 7. Application of Enzymes in Fruit Juice Technology -- Paper 8. The Impact of the Enzymic Hydrolysis Process on Recovery and Use of Proteins -- Paper 9. Enzymes in the Tenderisation of Meat -- Paper 10. Rennet and Cheesemaking -- Paper 11. Indigenous Enzymes of Bovine Milk -- Paper 12. Enzymes: Health and Safety Considerations -- Paper 13. Detoxifying Enzymes -- Paper 14. Enzymes in Analysis of Foods.
    Kurzfassung: R. S. SHALLENBERGER Cornell University, New York State Agricultural Research Station, New York, USA Among the material to be discussed in this first section of the 'Enzymes and Food Processing Symposium' is subject matter that can be viewed as a marriage between enzyme technology and sugar stereochemistry. In order to bring the significance of the material to be presented into proper perspective, I would like you to pretend, for a moment, that you are a researcher making a proposal on this subject to a Research Granting Agency in order to obtain financial support for your ideas. However, the year is 1880. Under the 'objectives' section of your proposal, you state that you intend to attach the intangible vital force or spirit-that is, the catalyst unique to the chemistry of living organisms-to an inert substrate such as sand. Thereafter you will pass a solution of right­ handed glucose (also known as starch sugar) past the 'vital force' and in the process convert it to left-handed glucose (also known as fruit sugar). The peer review committee would probably reject the proposal as sheer nonsense because the statements made were not only contrary to their experience, but also contrary to what they had been taught. Perhaps a few select people would have some feeling for what you were talking about, but commiseration would be the only form of support that they could offer.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Paper 1. Keynote: Enzymes and Food ProcessingPaper 2. New Developments in Starch Syrup Technology -- Paper 3. Enzymes in Fructose Manufacture -- Paper 4. Production of Maltose by Pullulanase and ?-Amylase -- Paper 5. Lactases and their Applications -- Paper 6. Pectic Enzymes -- Paper 7. Application of Enzymes in Fruit Juice Technology -- Paper 8. The Impact of the Enzymic Hydrolysis Process on Recovery and Use of Proteins -- Paper 9. Enzymes in the Tenderisation of Meat -- Paper 10. Rennet and Cheesemaking -- Paper 11. Indigenous Enzymes of Bovine Milk -- Paper 12. Enzymes: Health and Safety Considerations -- Paper 13. Detoxifying Enzymes -- Paper 14. Enzymes in Analysis of Foods.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165235
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Biomathematics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The Language of Mathematics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Priority rules for operators -- 1.3 The summation sign -- 1.4 Functions -- 1.5 Constants, variables and parameters -- 1.6 Dimensional analysis -- 1.7 Plotting graphs -- 1.8 Precision -- 1.9 Problems -- 2 Exponents and Logarithms -- 2.1 Integer powers -- 2.2 Fractional exponents -- 2.3 Addition and subtraction of exponents -- 2.4 Logarithms -- 2.5 Common logarithms -- 2.6 Negative numbers have no logarithms -- 2.7 Natural logarithms -- 2.8 Logarithms to base 2 -- 2.9 Exponential decay -- 2.10 Logarithms as a method of scaling -- 2.11 Products of equilibrium constants -- 2.12 Logarithms of dimensioned quantities? -- 2.13 Redox potentials -- 2.14 Dependence of redox potentials on pH -- 2.15 Problems -- 3 Differential Calculus -- 3.1 Co-ordinate geometry -- 3.2 Slope of a curve -- 3.3 Rapid differentiation -- 3.4 Derivatives of sums and products -- 3.5 Derivative of a ‘function of a function’ -- 3.6 Derivative of a ratio -- 3.7 Higher derivatives -- 3.8 Notation -- 3.9 Maxima and minima -- 3.10 A note on terminology -- 3.11 Points of inflexion -- 3.12 Sketching curves -- 3.13 Problems -- 4 Integral Calculus -- 4.1 Increases in area -- 4.2 Definite and indefinite integrals -- 4.3 Simple integrals -- 4.4 Integral of 1/x -- 4.5 Differential equations -- 4.6 Numerical integration: evaluating the area under a curve -- 4.7 Problems -- 5 Solving Equations -- 5.1 Linear equations in one unknown -- 5.2 Rearranging equations -- 5.3 Simultaneous linear equations -- 5.4 Determinants -- 5.5 Quadratic equations -- 5.6 Graphical solution of equations -- 5.7 Newton’s method -- 5.8 Approximate methods -- 5.9 Problems -- 6 Partial Differentiation -- 6.1 Meaning of a partial derivative -- 6.2 Exact and inexact differentials -- 6.3 Least-squares fitting of the Michaelis—Menten equation -- 6.4 Problems -- Notes and Solutions to Problems.
    Kurzfassung: Some teachers of biochemistry think it positively beneficial for students to struggle with difficult mathematics. I do not number myself among these people, although I have derived much personal pleasure from the study of mathematics and from applying it to problems that interest me in biochemistry. On the contrary, I think that students choose courses in biochemistry out of interest in biochemistry and that they should not be encumbered with more mathematics than is absolutely required for a proper understanding of biochemistry. This of course includes physical chemistry, because a biochemist ignorant of physical chemistry is no biochemist. I have been guided by these beliefs in writing this book. I have laid heavy emphasis on those topics, such as the use of logarithms, that play an important role in biochemistry and often cause problems in teaching; I have ignored others, such as trigonometry, that one can manage without. The proper treatment of statistics has been more difficult to decide. Although it clearly plays an important part in all experi­ mental sciences, it is usually preferable to treat it as a subject in its own right and not to try to incorporate it into a course of elementary mathematics. In this book, therefore, I have used a few examples from statistics to illustrate more general points, but I have not discussed it for its own sake.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The Language of Mathematics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Priority rules for operators -- 1.3 The summation sign -- 1.4 Functions -- 1.5 Constants, variables and parameters -- 1.6 Dimensional analysis -- 1.7 Plotting graphs -- 1.8 Precision -- 1.9 Problems -- 2 Exponents and Logarithms -- 2.1 Integer powers -- 2.2 Fractional exponents -- 2.3 Addition and subtraction of exponents -- 2.4 Logarithms -- 2.5 Common logarithms -- 2.6 Negative numbers have no logarithms -- 2.7 Natural logarithms -- 2.8 Logarithms to base 2 -- 2.9 Exponential decay -- 2.10 Logarithms as a method of scaling -- 2.11 Products of equilibrium constants -- 2.12 Logarithms of dimensioned quantities? -- 2.13 Redox potentials -- 2.14 Dependence of redox potentials on pH -- 2.15 Problems -- 3 Differential Calculus -- 3.1 Co-ordinate geometry -- 3.2 Slope of a curve -- 3.3 Rapid differentiation -- 3.4 Derivatives of sums and products -- 3.5 Derivative of a ‘function of a function’ -- 3.6 Derivative of a ratio -- 3.7 Higher derivatives -- 3.8 Notation -- 3.9 Maxima and minima -- 3.10 A note on terminology -- 3.11 Points of inflexion -- 3.12 Sketching curves -- 3.13 Problems -- 4 Integral Calculus -- 4.1 Increases in area -- 4.2 Definite and indefinite integrals -- 4.3 Simple integrals -- 4.4 Integral of 1/x -- 4.5 Differential equations -- 4.6 Numerical integration: evaluating the area under a curve -- 4.7 Problems -- 5 Solving Equations -- 5.1 Linear equations in one unknown -- 5.2 Rearranging equations -- 5.3 Simultaneous linear equations -- 5.4 Determinants -- 5.5 Quadratic equations -- 5.6 Graphical solution of equations -- 5.7 Newton’s method -- 5.8 Approximate methods -- 5.9 Problems -- 6 Partial Differentiation -- 6.1 Meaning of a partial derivative -- 6.2 Exact and inexact differentials -- 6.3 Least-squares fitting of the Michaelis-Menten equation -- 6.4 Problems -- Notes and Solutions to Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401192637
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (587p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Commercial law.
    Kurzfassung: I A Survey of the History of Drug-Use and Early Moves Towards International Control -- 1: Social and Cultural Aspects of Drug-Use and Historical Origins of the Use of Opium -- 2: International Action for the Control of Trade and Traffic in Drugs between 1909 and 1919 -- II International Action for the Control of Trade and Traffic in Drugs between 1920 and 1944 -- 3: The Organizational and Functional Framework as Devised by the League of Nations for the Purpose of Controlling the Manufacture of, and Trade and Traffic in, Drugs -- 4: An Examination of the Agreements and Conventions on Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs Concluded between 1920 and 1944 -- III The Structure and Methods of International Drug Control through the United Nations -- 5: The Organizational Framework of the United Nations in Relation to the Control of Drugs -- 6: An Examination of the Drug Protocols Concluded During the UN Period (Prior to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs, 1961) -- 7: An Examination of the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs, 1961 -- 8: Limitation on Cultivation -- 9: Limitation on the Production of Opium -- 10: Manufacture and Importation of Drugs: Limitation Thereof -- 11: Control of Illicit Trade and Traffic in Narcotic Drugs -- 12: An Examination of the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, 1971 -- IV Contributions of Some of the Inter-Governmental and International Non-Governmental Organizations Concerned with the Eradication of Illicit Trade and Traffic in Narcotic Drugs -- 13: The Organization and Functions of Interpol and the Ingos in the Control of the Drug-Trade -- Conclusions -- League of Nations Documents -- United Nations Documents -- World Health Organization Technical Report Series -- Miscellaneous Documents -- Table of Cases -- Appendices.
    Kurzfassung: The need for suppressing the illicit traffic in drugs can hardly be over-emphasized. Yet, the licit uses of drugs, especially for medical and scientific needs, cannot be suppressed. Apparently, it is a ques­ tion of determining the vvorld requirements of drugs for such legiti­ mate uses, and of producing and manufacturing them accordingly. Owing to their multifarious medical uses in various parts of the world, it proves to be almost impossible to determine exactly the amount of drugs required for legitimate purposes. There is also the complicating factor that drugs are used for sociological and religious reasons, which have a long history. Not only arc the licit uses and legitimate amounts of drugs difficult to determine but also such difficulties give rise to illicit traffic in them. Yet, it is believed that a concerted international policy, coupled with national co-operation, on various facets of the related problems-namely, limitation of production and/or manufacture of drugs, restriction on cultivation of plants that may contribute to addiction-producing substances, training and rehabilitation of drug addicts, and efficient national administration-would help eradicate drug-abuse. In search of an appropriate remedy, this book has been devoted to a practical study of the problem and to exploring, in this area of international law, the relationship between the political and econ­ omic interests and the international economic order.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I A Survey of the History of Drug-Use and Early Moves Towards International Control1: Social and Cultural Aspects of Drug-Use and Historical Origins of the Use of Opium -- 2: International Action for the Control of Trade and Traffic in Drugs between 1909 and 1919 -- II International Action for the Control of Trade and Traffic in Drugs between 1920 and 1944 -- 3: The Organizational and Functional Framework as Devised by the League of Nations for the Purpose of Controlling the Manufacture of, and Trade and Traffic in, Drugs -- 4: An Examination of the Agreements and Conventions on Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs Concluded between 1920 and 1944 -- III The Structure and Methods of International Drug Control through the United Nations -- 5: The Organizational Framework of the United Nations in Relation to the Control of Drugs -- 6: An Examination of the Drug Protocols Concluded During the UN Period (Prior to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs, 1961) -- 7: An Examination of the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs, 1961 -- 8: Limitation on Cultivation -- 9: Limitation on the Production of Opium -- 10: Manufacture and Importation of Drugs: Limitation Thereof -- 11: Control of Illicit Trade and Traffic in Narcotic Drugs -- 12: An Examination of the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, 1971 -- IV Contributions of Some of the Inter-Governmental and International Non-Governmental Organizations Concerned with the Eradication of Illicit Trade and Traffic in Narcotic Drugs -- 13: The Organization and Functions of Interpol and the Ingos in the Control of the Drug-Trade -- Conclusions -- League of Nations Documents -- United Nations Documents -- World Health Organization Technical Report Series -- Miscellaneous Documents -- Table of Cases -- Appendices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401181464
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (103 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The structure of wood -- 1.1 The cell wall -- 1.2 Cell wall pitting -- 1.3 Wall sculpturing -- 1.4 Trabeculae -- 1.5 Cell inclusions -- 2 The structure of softwoods -- 2.1 Growth increments -- 2.2 Tracheids and tracheid pitting -- 2.3 Tracheid wall thickenings -- 2.4 Rays -- 2.5 Axial parenchyma -- 2.6 Strand tracheids -- 2.7 Resin canals -- 2.8 Compression wood -- 3 The structure of palmwood -- 4 The structure of hardwoods -- 4.1 Growth increments -- 4.2 Vessel perforations -- 4.3 Vessel pitting -- 4.4 Vascular and vasicentric tracheids -- 4.5 Fibres -- 4.6 Axial parenchyma -- 4.7 Rays -- 4.8 Gums and gum ducts -- 4.9 Tyloses -- 4.10 Included phloem -- 4.11 Storeyed wood -- 4.12 Tension wood -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Nine years ago saw the publication of the first version of Three-dimensional Structure of Wood: A scanning electron microscope study [95]. This book contained 59 scanning electron micrographs and a modest text outlining the basic structure of wood_ When we wrote it in 1970, the scanning electron microscope was still something of a novelty (the first commercially produced SEM only coming on the market in 1965) and its use as an instrument in serious wood research was still treated by many with a good deal of suspicion. Such suspicions were not without foundation for indeed the first Three-dimensional Structure of Wood was put together from a somewhat paltry collection of a few hundred scanning electron micrographs of wood taken over a two year period. The last decade has seen some remarkable developments in the general understanding of the structure of wood. Our personal collection of scanning electron micrographs has grown from a few hundred to some 16 000. Techniques for specimen preparation [46, 47], particularly in the areas of dehydration [36] and coating have greatly improved. Most significant however, has been the new depth of understanding of wood ultrastructure that has become almost universal. By combining the use of the light, transmission and scanning electron microscopes, scientists in many widely separated parts of the world have now added a vast amount of information to our understanding of such aspects of wood structure as perforation plate development, tylose formation, the formation of reaction wood, septate fibres ultrastructure, etc.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959057
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 The subjective experience of animals -- 3 Suffering, health and ‘productivity’ -- 4 Suffering and the ‘unnatural’ life -- 5 The physiology of suffering -- 6 Behaviour and suffering -- 7 What animals choose -- 8 Analogies with ourselves -- 9 Conclusions -- 10 Stumbling blocks and stepping stones -- References.
    Kurzfassung: I wrote this book because I believe that the welfare of animals is a very important subject but one about which there is a of confusion and muddled thinking. I wanted to great deal write a book which straightened out some of the confusion by looking in detail at one particular problem: how to recognize animal suffering. The book is written for anyone interested in animals and the controversies over how human beings should treat them. I have tried to convince people who might otherwise feel that science had only a rather sinister connection with animal welfare that the scientific study of animal suffering has, in fact, a major and positive contribution to make. It can give us an insight into what animals experience and this, in tum, may help us to alleviate their suffering. At the same time, I have tried to write a book that will be of at least some use to scientists. The chapters which follow pro­ vide an outline of the biological approach to animal welfare. I have also attempted to show sceptics that it is possible to study animal suffering without sacrificing standards of scien­ tific procedure. Perhaps some may even come to share my belief that the study of the subjective experiences of animals is one of the most fascinating areas in the whole of biology, as well as being of great practical and ethical importance.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 The subjective experience of animals -- 3 Suffering, health and ‘productivity’ -- 4 Suffering and the ‘unnatural’ life -- 5 The physiology of suffering -- 6 Behaviour and suffering -- 7 What animals choose -- 8 Analogies with ourselves -- 9 Conclusions -- 10 Stumbling blocks and stepping stones -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401095471
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Receptors and Recognition 9
    Serie: Series B 9
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Excitatory Amino Acid Receptors -- 2 Glycine, GABA and Benzodiazepine Receptors -- 3 Substance P Receptors -- 4 Enkephalin and Endorphin Receptors -- 5 Other Peptide Receptors.
    Kurzfassung: Since the discovery that neuronal transmission can be chemically mediated, a large number of compounds have been found in the mammalian central nervous system which appear to function as neurotransmitter agents. Recently, electrophysiological and biochemical methods have been developed which have enabled neuroscientists to classify better the myriad of neurotransmitter receptor sites in brain and to study their properties in finer detail. As a result of these investigations, a significant number of new discoveries have been made about the mechanisms involved in neurotransmitter receptor interactions, the role neurotransmitters play in the actions of pharmacological agents and in the pathogenesis of various neuropsychiatric disorders. The present two volume text was compiled to summarize the information relating to the physiological, biochemical, pharmacological and functional characteristics of neurotransmitter receptor sites. While emphasis is placed on neurotransmitter receptors in the mammalian central nervous system, the characteristics of these receptors in other species, both vertebrate and invertebrate, are also discussed where appropriate. While these books cover the major classes of putative neurotransmitters - amino acids, peptides and biogenic amines - and are therefore broad in scope, each is discussed in a concise fashion to highlight the major points of historical and contemporary interest. In addition to outlining data, each chapter addresses current theories relating to the various aspects of receptor properties and function in an attempt to reveal the directions of future research and as a stimulus for other workers in the field.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160148
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Ultrastructure of bacterial envelopes -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The Gram-positive cell wall -- 1.3 The Gram-negative cell wall -- 1.4 Membrane morphology -- 1.5 Internal membranes -- 1.6 Specialized membrane systems -- References -- 2 Isolation of walls and membranes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isolation of walls and membranes from Gram-positive species -- 2.3 Separation of the components of the wall from Gram-negative species -- 2.4 Preparation of specialized intracytoplasmic membranes -- References -- 3 Membrane structure and composition in micro-organisms -- 3.1 General ideas of membrane structure -- 3.2 Some physical properties of membranes -- 3.3 Composition of microbial membranes -- 3.4 Proteins in membranes -- References -- 4 Membrane functions -- 4.1 Active components and functions of bacterial cell walls -- 4.2 Functions of the cytoplasmic membrane -- 4.3 Components of the electron transport chain -- 4.4 The coupling of energy flow to phosphorylation -- 4.5 Isolation and properties of Mg2+-Ca2+ ATPase -- 4.6 Vesiculation of membranes -- 4.7 Transport of metabolites and ions -- 4.8 Binding proteins -- 4.9 Mesosomal membrane -- 4.10 Outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 5 Membranes of bacteria lacking peptidoglycan -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Mycoplasmas -- 5.3 Extreme halophiles -- 5.4 Bacterial L-forms -- References -- 6 Structure of peptidoglycan -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Modification of the basic peptidoglycan structure -- 6.3 Three-dimensional structure of peptidoglycans -- 6.4 Cell walls of prokaryotes without peptidoglycan -- References -- 7 Additional polymers in bacterial walls -- 7.1 Gram-positive bacteria -- 7.2 Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 8 Biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Synthesis of nucleotide sugar precursors -- 8.3 The lipid cycle -- 8.4 Formation of cross-bridge peptides -- 8.5 Polymerization of disaccharide-peptide units -- 8.6 Transpeptidation: The formation of cross-links -- 8.7 D-Alanine carboxypeptidases -- References -- 9 Antibiotics affecting bacterial wall synthesis -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Phosphonomycin (Fosfomycin) -- 9.3 Antibiotics inhibiting D-alanine metabolism in peptidoglycan biosynthesis: cycloserine, O-carbamoyl-D-serine, alaphosphin (L-alanyl-L-1-aminoethyl phosphonic acid) and the haloalanines -- 9.4 Bacitracin -- 9.5 Tunicamycin -- 9.6 The vancomycin group of antibiotics: vancomycin, ristocetins, ristomycins, actinoidin -- 9.7 ?-Lactam antibiotics: the penicillins and cephalosporins -- 9.8 Antibiotics inhibiting biosynthesis of wall polymers but whose site of action is not yet established -- References -- 10 Biosynthesis of other bacterial wall components -- 10.1 Biosynthesis of teichoic acids -- 10.2 Biosynthesis of other components of the Gram-positive bacterial wall -- 10.3 Biosynthesis of the lipopolysaccharides -- 10.4 Iipoprotein from the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 11 The bacterial autolysins -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Bond specificity and distribution of bacterial autolysins -- 11.3 Purification and properties of the autolytic enzymes -- 11.4 Location of autolytic enzymes -- 11.5 Function of autolysins -- References -- 12 Cell walls of Mycobacteria -- 12.1 Wall composition -- 12.2 Adjuvant and other immunostimulant properties -- 12.3 Antitumour activity -- References -- 13 Cell walls of filamentous fungi -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Carbohydrates in the wall -- 13.3 Wall composition and dimorphism -- 13.4 Melanins and depsipeptides -- 13.5 Conclusion -- References -- 14 Biosynthesis of wall components in yeast and filamentous fungi -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Biosynthesis of chitin -- 14.3 Biosynthesis of mannan -- 14.4 Biosynthesis of glucan -- References -- 15 The cell wall in the growth and cell division of bacteria -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 Growth of streptococcal cell walls -- 15.3 Growth of the walls of Gram-positive rod-shaped bacteria -- 15.4 Growth of the Gram-negative cell wall -- 15.5 Growth of cytoplasmic membranes -- 15.6 Mutants with disturbed surface growth -- 15.7 Helical growth of bacteria -- References.
    Kurzfassung: In 1968 when Cell Walls and Membranes was published it was still reasonable to attempt to write a book covering the whole subject. Accordingly this edition of the book had something to say about walls from micro-organisms and plants as well as about membranes from bacteria and animal cells. A decade later this is manifestly impossible. Knowledge about almost all the subjects has grown explosively, par­ ticularly about membranes and the biosynthesis of macromolecules. Moreover aspects of the subject that were still in a relatively primitive state ten years ago have grown into highly sophisticated subjects worthy of extended treatment. The result is that the present book has had to be confined to structures and functions relating to only one division of the biological kingdom, namely micro-organisms. Even then severe limitations have had to be made to keep the task within the time available to the authors and their expertise. A few of the titles of chapters such as those on the isolation of walls and membranes, the structure of the components of bacterial and micro-fungal walls and their biosynthesis remain from the earlier book. These chapters have been almost completely rewritten and a number of quite new chapters added on topics such as the action of the antibiotics that inhibit bacterial wall syn­ thesis, on the function of bacterial membranes, and the bacterial autolysins.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Ultrastructure of bacterial envelopes1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The Gram-positive cell wall -- 1.3 The Gram-negative cell wall -- 1.4 Membrane morphology -- 1.5 Internal membranes -- 1.6 Specialized membrane systems -- References -- 2 Isolation of walls and membranes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Isolation of walls and membranes from Gram-positive species -- 2.3 Separation of the components of the wall from Gram-negative species -- 2.4 Preparation of specialized intracytoplasmic membranes -- References -- 3 Membrane structure and composition in micro-organisms -- 3.1 General ideas of membrane structure -- 3.2 Some physical properties of membranes -- 3.3 Composition of microbial membranes -- 3.4 Proteins in membranes -- References -- 4 Membrane functions -- 4.1 Active components and functions of bacterial cell walls -- 4.2 Functions of the cytoplasmic membrane -- 4.3 Components of the electron transport chain -- 4.4 The coupling of energy flow to phosphorylation -- 4.5 Isolation and properties of Mg2+-Ca2+ ATPase -- 4.6 Vesiculation of membranes -- 4.7 Transport of metabolites and ions -- 4.8 Binding proteins -- 4.9 Mesosomal membrane -- 4.10 Outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 5 Membranes of bacteria lacking peptidoglycan -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Mycoplasmas -- 5.3 Extreme halophiles -- 5.4 Bacterial L-forms -- References -- 6 Structure of peptidoglycan -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Modification of the basic peptidoglycan structure -- 6.3 Three-dimensional structure of peptidoglycans -- 6.4 Cell walls of prokaryotes without peptidoglycan -- References -- 7 Additional polymers in bacterial walls -- 7.1 Gram-positive bacteria -- 7.2 Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 8 Biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Synthesis of nucleotide sugar precursors -- 8.3 The lipid cycle -- 8.4 Formation of cross-bridge peptides -- 8.5 Polymerization of disaccharide-peptide units -- 8.6 Transpeptidation: The formation of cross-links -- 8.7 D-Alanine carboxypeptidases -- References -- 9 Antibiotics affecting bacterial wall synthesis -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Phosphonomycin (Fosfomycin) -- 9.3 Antibiotics inhibiting D-alanine metabolism in peptidoglycan biosynthesis: cycloserine, O-carbamoyl-D-serine, alaphosphin (L-alanyl-L-1-aminoethyl phosphonic acid) and the haloalanines -- 9.4 Bacitracin -- 9.5 Tunicamycin -- 9.6 The vancomycin group of antibiotics: vancomycin, ristocetins, ristomycins, actinoidin -- 9.7 ?-Lactam antibiotics: the penicillins and cephalosporins -- 9.8 Antibiotics inhibiting biosynthesis of wall polymers but whose site of action is not yet established -- References -- 10 Biosynthesis of other bacterial wall components -- 10.1 Biosynthesis of teichoic acids -- 10.2 Biosynthesis of other components of the Gram-positive bacterial wall -- 10.3 Biosynthesis of the lipopolysaccharides -- 10.4 Iipoprotein from the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria -- References -- 11 The bacterial autolysins -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Bond specificity and distribution of bacterial autolysins -- 11.3 Purification and properties of the autolytic enzymes -- 11.4 Location of autolytic enzymes -- 11.5 Function of autolysins -- References -- 12 Cell walls of Mycobacteria -- 12.1 Wall composition -- 12.2 Adjuvant and other immunostimulant properties -- 12.3 Antitumour activity -- References -- 13 Cell walls of filamentous fungi -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Carbohydrates in the wall -- 13.3 Wall composition and dimorphism -- 13.4 Melanins and depsipeptides -- 13.5 Conclusion -- References -- 14 Biosynthesis of wall components in yeast and filamentous fungi -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Biosynthesis of chitin -- 14.3 Biosynthesis of mannan -- 14.4 Biosynthesis of glucan -- References -- 15 The cell wall in the growth and cell division of bacteria -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 Growth of streptococcal cell walls -- 15.3 Growth of the walls of Gram-positive rod-shaped bacteria -- 15.4 Growth of the Gram-negative cell wall -- 15.5 Growth of cytoplasmic membranes -- 15.6 Mutants with disturbed surface growth -- 15.7 Helical growth of bacteria -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957367
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The essential metals and their evolution -- 1.1 The major metals -- 1.2 The minor metals -- 1.3 Metals and early biochemical evolution -- 2 The non-redox roles of metals ions -- 2.1 Active sites of the non-redox metals -- 2.2 Regulatory and trigger roles of metal ions -- 3 Electron transfer and redox reactions -- 3.1 Metals as redox catalysts -- 3.2 Electron carrier proteins -- 3.3 Some enzymes containing molybdenum, cobalt and iron -- 3.4 Electron transfer in respiration and photosynthesis -- 4 Dealing with oxygen -- 4.1 The activation and toxicity of oxygen -- 4.2 Oxygen carriers -- 4.3 Superoxide dismutases -- 4.4 Oxidases -- 4.5 Oxygenases -- 4.6 Hydroperoxidases -- 4.7 Some oxygen-activating groups -- 5 Metal metabolism -- 5.1 Microbial ion carriers -- 5.2 The major metals -- 5.3 The minor metals -- Suggestions for further reading.
    Kurzfassung: In this book we present a largely biochemical look at the metals of life and their functions, which we hope will be of interest to chemists and biologists as well as biochemists. The field of 'inorganic bio­ chemistry' is one of rapid change. Recent developments in our know­ ledge of the activity of calcium, and of the iron-sulphur proteins, are two examples, and increasing attention is being paid to non-metals as well [3]. For reasons of space, we shall restrict ourselves to the normal biological activities of metals. We must ignore, on the one hand, the gross physiological effects of metal deficiency or toxicity, and on the other, the many model studies which have been stimulated by the unusual properties of metals in biological systems. Usually the synthesis of model metal compounds follows rather than anticipates the dis­ covery of novel biological configurations. However, such studies give us a firm basis for an understanding of the biological systems, and sometimes answer questions that cannot be tackled any other way (for instance, what is the net charge on an iron-sulphur cluster?). As a result, we can refer to new and interesting information on the metals oflife at a chemical level. We gratefully acknowledge the help of Professor P. Banks and Dr D. Fenton who have read and criticized the manuscript, though any errors or misconceptions remain our own responsibility. We thank Mr P. Elliot for preparing Fig. 5.2.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The essential metals and their evolution1.1 The major metals -- 1.2 The minor metals -- 1.3 Metals and early biochemical evolution -- 2 The non-redox roles of metals ions -- 2.1 Active sites of the non-redox metals -- 2.2 Regulatory and trigger roles of metal ions -- 3 Electron transfer and redox reactions -- 3.1 Metals as redox catalysts -- 3.2 Electron carrier proteins -- 3.3 Some enzymes containing molybdenum, cobalt and iron -- 3.4 Electron transfer in respiration and photosynthesis -- 4 Dealing with oxygen -- 4.1 The activation and toxicity of oxygen -- 4.2 Oxygen carriers -- 4.3 Superoxide dismutases -- 4.4 Oxidases -- 4.5 Oxygenases -- 4.6 Hydroperoxidases -- 4.7 Some oxygen-activating groups -- 5 Metal metabolism -- 5.1 Microbial ion carriers -- 5.2 The major metals -- 5.3 The minor metals -- Suggestions for further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957947
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Sufficiency -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Factorization criterion -- 1.3 Distribution of statistics conditional on a sufficient statistic -- 1.4 Joint sufficiency -- 1.5 Minimal sufficiency -- 2 Unbiased point estimators -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Rao-Blackwell theorem -- 2.3 The role of sufficient statistics -- 2.4 Completeness -- 2.5 Joint completeness -- 2.6 Sufficiency, completeness and independence -- 2.7 Minimum-variance bounds -- 2.8 Computation of a minimum-variance bound -- 2.9 Minimum attainable variance -- 2.10 Mean square error -- 2.11 Two parameters -- 3 Elementary decision theory and Bayesian methods -- 3.1 Comments on classical techniques -- 3.2 Loss functions -- 3.3 Decision theory -- 3.4 Bayes decisions -- 3.5 Using data -- 3.6 Computing posterior distributions -- 3.7 Conjugate distributions -- 3.8 Distribution of the next observation -- 3.9 More than one parameter -- 3.10 Decision functions -- 3.11 Bayes estimators -- 3.12 Admissibility -- 4 Methods of estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Maximum likelihood estimation -- 4.3 Locating the maximum likelihood estimator -- 4.4 Estimation of a function of a parameter -- 4.5 Truncation and censoring -- 4.6 Estimation of several parameters -- 4.7 Approximation techniques -- 4.8 Large-sample properties -- 4.9 Method of least squares -- 4.10 Normal equations -- 4.11 Solution of the normal equations (non-singular case) -- 4.12 Use of matrices -- 4.13 Best unbiased linear estimation -- 4.14 Co variance matrix -- 4.15 Relaxation of assumptions -- 5 Hypothesis testing I -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Statistical hypothesis -- 5.3 Simple null hypothesis against simple alternative -- 5.4 Applications of the Neyman-Pearson theorem -- 5.5 Uniformly most powerful tests for a single parameter -- 5.6 Most powerful randomized tests -- 5.7 Hypothesis testing as a decision process -- 5.8 Minimax and Bayes tests -- 6 Hypothesis testing II -- 6.1 Two-sided tests for a single parameter -- 6.2 Neyman-Pearson theorem extension (nonrandomized version) -- 6.3 Regular exponential family of distributions -- 6.4 Uniformly most powerful unbiased test of ? = ?0 against ? ? ?0 -- 6.5 Nuisance parameters -- 6.6 Similar tests -- 6.7 Composite hypotheses-several parameters -- 6.8 Likelihood ratio tests -- 6.9 Bayes methods -- 6.10 Loss function for one-sided hypotheses -- 6.11 Testing ? = ?0 against ? ? ?0 -- 7 Interval estimation -- 7.1 One parameter, Bayesian confidence intervals -- 7.2 Two parameters, Bayesian confidence regions -- 7.3 Confidence intervals (classical) -- 7.4 Most selective limits -- 7.5 Relationship to best tests -- 7.6 Unbiased confidence intervals -- 7.7 Nuisance parameters -- 7.8 Discrete distributions -- 7.9 Relationship between classical and Bayesian intervals -- 7.10 Large-sample confidence intervals -- Appendix 1 Functions of random variables -- A 1.1 Introduction -- A 1.2 Transformations: discrete distributions -- A1.3 Continuous distributions -- A 1.4 The order statistics -- Appendix 2 The regular exponential family of distributions -- A2.1 Single parameter -- A2.2 Several parameters -- A2.3 The regular exponential family of bivariate distributions -- Further exercises -- Brief solutions to further exercises -- Further reading -- Author index.
    Kurzfassung: This book covers those basic topics which usually form the core of intermediate courses in statistical theory; it is largely about estima­ tion and hypothesis testing. It is intended for undergraduates following courses in statistics but is also suitable preparatory read­ ing for some postgraduate courses. It is assumed that the reader has completed an introductory course which covered probability, random variables, moments and the sampling distributions. The level of mathematics required does not go beyond first year calculus. In case the reader has not acquired much facility in handling matrices, the results in least squares estimation are first obtained directly and then given an (optional) matrix formulation. If techniques for changing from one set of variables to another have not been met, then the appendix on these topics should be studied first. The same appendix contains essential discussion of the order statistics which are frequently used for illustrative purposes. Introductory courses usually include the elements of hypothesis testing and of point and interval estimation though the treatment must perforce become rather thin since at that stage it is difficult to provide adequate justifications for some procedures-plausible though they may seem. This text discusses these important topics in considerable detail, starting from scratch. The level is nowhere advanced and proofs of asymptotic results are omitted. Methods deriving from the Bayesian point of view are gradually introduced and alternate with the more usual techniques.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Sufficiency1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Factorization criterion -- 1.3 Distribution of statistics conditional on a sufficient statistic -- 1.4 Joint sufficiency -- 1.5 Minimal sufficiency -- 2 Unbiased point estimators -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Rao-Blackwell theorem -- 2.3 The role of sufficient statistics -- 2.4 Completeness -- 2.5 Joint completeness -- 2.6 Sufficiency, completeness and independence -- 2.7 Minimum-variance bounds -- 2.8 Computation of a minimum-variance bound -- 2.9 Minimum attainable variance -- 2.10 Mean square error -- 2.11 Two parameters -- 3 Elementary decision theory and Bayesian methods -- 3.1 Comments on classical techniques -- 3.2 Loss functions -- 3.3 Decision theory -- 3.4 Bayes decisions -- 3.5 Using data -- 3.6 Computing posterior distributions -- 3.7 Conjugate distributions -- 3.8 Distribution of the next observation -- 3.9 More than one parameter -- 3.10 Decision functions -- 3.11 Bayes estimators -- 3.12 Admissibility -- 4 Methods of estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Maximum likelihood estimation -- 4.3 Locating the maximum likelihood estimator -- 4.4 Estimation of a function of a parameter -- 4.5 Truncation and censoring -- 4.6 Estimation of several parameters -- 4.7 Approximation techniques -- 4.8 Large-sample properties -- 4.9 Method of least squares -- 4.10 Normal equations -- 4.11 Solution of the normal equations (non-singular case) -- 4.12 Use of matrices -- 4.13 Best unbiased linear estimation -- 4.14 Co variance matrix -- 4.15 Relaxation of assumptions -- 5 Hypothesis testing I -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Statistical hypothesis -- 5.3 Simple null hypothesis against simple alternative -- 5.4 Applications of the Neyman-Pearson theorem -- 5.5 Uniformly most powerful tests for a single parameter -- 5.6 Most powerful randomized tests -- 5.7 Hypothesis testing as a decision process -- 5.8 Minimax and Bayes tests -- 6 Hypothesis testing II -- 6.1 Two-sided tests for a single parameter -- 6.2 Neyman-Pearson theorem extension (nonrandomized version) -- 6.3 Regular exponential family of distributions -- 6.4 Uniformly most powerful unbiased test of ? = ?0 against ? ? ?0 -- 6.5 Nuisance parameters -- 6.6 Similar tests -- 6.7 Composite hypotheses-several parameters -- 6.8 Likelihood ratio tests -- 6.9 Bayes methods -- 6.10 Loss function for one-sided hypotheses -- 6.11 Testing ? = ?0 against ? ? ?0 -- 7 Interval estimation -- 7.1 One parameter, Bayesian confidence intervals -- 7.2 Two parameters, Bayesian confidence regions -- 7.3 Confidence intervals (classical) -- 7.4 Most selective limits -- 7.5 Relationship to best tests -- 7.6 Unbiased confidence intervals -- 7.7 Nuisance parameters -- 7.8 Discrete distributions -- 7.9 Relationship between classical and Bayesian intervals -- 7.10 Large-sample confidence intervals -- Appendix 1 Functions of random variables -- A 1.1 Introduction -- A 1.2 Transformations: discrete distributions -- A1.3 Continuous distributions -- A 1.4 The order statistics -- Appendix 2 The regular exponential family of distributions -- A2.1 Single parameter -- A2.2 Several parameters -- A2.3 The regular exponential family of bivariate distributions -- Further exercises -- Brief solutions to further exercises -- Further reading -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958555
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Problems, data, questions -- 2. Probability and other definitions -- 3. Combining probabilities -- 4. Significance, binomials, and x2 -- 5. Continuous variates -- 6. Inference on means ; the Normal distribution -- 7. Unknown variance; the t-distribution -- 8. Design of experiments -- 9. Comparisons between means -- 10. Additional topics -- Solutions to exercises.
    Kurzfassung: This book has grown from nine hours oflectures, and about the same time in tutorial classes, that attempt to give first-year students of biology some understanding of statistics. I am convinced that such a short course should not be mathematical (though it can employ basic mathematical symbolism), and that it should give students an appreciation of statistical argument, even though this limits the amount of detailed instruction in techniques of analysis that can be included. A statistical cookery book would have been easier to write and much easier to read, but lacking in true educational content. I am more concerned to show 'why' than to present methods and rules. A further constraint, that of remaining within a reasonable price range, prevents reiteration of explanations: the reader is expected to remember what he has read, for he will not find standard terms and ideas explained afresh on each occasion of use. Many books that introduce statistics to biologists blur distinctions and evade logical issues, for example by failing to emphasize the distinction between a parameter and an estimator from a sample or by neglecting the role of randomization. On this, I aim to be un­ compromisingly correct - at least until reviewers point out my errors - but to do so through realistic examples rather than abstract symbolism.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Problems, data, questions2. Probability and other definitions -- 3. Combining probabilities -- 4. Significance, binomials, and x2 -- 5. Continuous variates -- 6. Inference on means ; the Normal distribution -- 7. Unknown variance; the t-distribution -- 8. Design of experiments -- 9. Comparisons between means -- 10. Additional topics -- Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400987180
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Paper 1. Food and Health from Conception to Extreme Old Age -- Paper 2. The Control and Standardisation of National Food Quality -- Paper 3. The Validity of the Concept of Health Foods -- Paper 4. Healthy Eating -- Paper 5. Education and Responsibility of Modern Food Technologists -- Paper 6. Consumer Health Considerations in EEC Legislation -- Paper 7. The Microbiological Control of Salmonellae in Processed Foods -- Paper 8. The Occurrence and Control of Clostridium botulinum in Foods -- Paper 9. Mycotoxins in Foods -- Paper 10. Assessment and Control of Microbiological Health Risks Presented by Foods -- Paper 11. Biochemical Aspects of Food Safety -- Paper 12. Food Additives: Industrial Uses, Value and Safety -- Paper 13. Acceptable Limits for Pesticides in Foods: The FAO/WHO Approach -- Paper 14. The Role of Food Processing in Decreasing Pesticide Contamination of Foods -- Paper 15. Trends and Perspectives in Food Contaminants -- Paper 16. Use of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Culture Systems for Examining Biological Activity of Food Constituents 251 -- Paper 17. Erucic Acid -- Paper 18. Detoxification of Foods in Food Processing -- Paper 19. Performance of Process Plant in Relation to Food Quality and Safety -- Paper 20. The Processing of Food Using Ionising Radiation; Present Status -- Paper 21. Technological and Health Considerations of Modern Food Packaging -- Paper 22. Interaction of Food Components During Processing -- Paper 23. Methodology to Detect Nutritional Damage During Thermal Food Processing -- Paper 24. Are We Adequately Fed? -- Paper 25. Optimisation of Food Nutrient Composition -- Paper 26. Some Aspects of Dietary Fibre Metabolism in the Human Gut -- Paper 27. Obesity and Anorexia -- Paper 28. Infant Nutrition -- Paper 29. Protein Deficiency and the Brain -- Paper 30. Food and the Brain -- Paper 31. Lead and Brain Function.
    Kurzfassung: The Control and Standardisation of National Food Quality. There must be very many different opinions as to what this title means. To some people it will mean the control by legislation of additive and contaminant levels in food, to others it may mean the laying down of compositional standards for different food commodities, yet again some may consider that it covers the nutritional quality of the food and the maintenance of an adequate satisfactory diet for the population of the country. I think certainly that it could be all of these things and a glance at the variety of titles of papers which other speakers will be giving later in this symposium illustrates the very wide area which is covered by food quality in its many aspects. I will try only to present to you some of those aspects which are the concern of government in the control of food quality. I will not concern myself with those aspects which are the concern only of the manufacturer and his customer, and here I am thinking of flavour, appearance and physical state, such as whether canned, fresh or frozen. These aspects, which affect the type of products to be marketed, and also the aspects of quality control which set out to maintain the standard that the manufacturer has set himself, are I think outside my province.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Paper 1. Food and Health from Conception to Extreme Old AgePaper 2. The Control and Standardisation of National Food Quality -- Paper 3. The Validity of the Concept of Health Foods -- Paper 4. Healthy Eating -- Paper 5. Education and Responsibility of Modern Food Technologists -- Paper 6. Consumer Health Considerations in EEC Legislation -- Paper 7. The Microbiological Control of Salmonellae in Processed Foods -- Paper 8. The Occurrence and Control of Clostridium botulinum in Foods -- Paper 9. Mycotoxins in Foods -- Paper 10. Assessment and Control of Microbiological Health Risks Presented by Foods -- Paper 11. Biochemical Aspects of Food Safety -- Paper 12. Food Additives: Industrial Uses, Value and Safety -- Paper 13. Acceptable Limits for Pesticides in Foods: The FAO/WHO Approach -- Paper 14. The Role of Food Processing in Decreasing Pesticide Contamination of Foods -- Paper 15. Trends and Perspectives in Food Contaminants -- Paper 16. Use of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Culture Systems for Examining Biological Activity of Food Constituents 251 -- Paper 17. Erucic Acid -- Paper 18. Detoxification of Foods in Food Processing -- Paper 19. Performance of Process Plant in Relation to Food Quality and Safety -- Paper 20. The Processing of Food Using Ionising Radiation; Present Status -- Paper 21. Technological and Health Considerations of Modern Food Packaging -- Paper 22. Interaction of Food Components During Processing -- Paper 23. Methodology to Detect Nutritional Damage During Thermal Food Processing -- Paper 24. Are We Adequately Fed? -- Paper 25. Optimisation of Food Nutrient Composition -- Paper 26. Some Aspects of Dietary Fibre Metabolism in the Human Gut -- Paper 27. Obesity and Anorexia -- Paper 28. Infant Nutrition -- Paper 29. Protein Deficiency and the Brain -- Paper 30. Food and the Brain -- Paper 31. Lead and Brain Function.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160285
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Fourth Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Mathematics.
    Kurzfassung: The Dictionary A–Z -- Appendix: A list of named units -- Table of organic compounds.
    Kurzfassung: The format of this edition remains unchanged from previous editions but the majority of entries have received some revision. In particular, units are now in SI units wherever possible, although with certain of the classical entries this is not possible. Chemical terminology has proved a particular problem. We have kept the common names for organic compounds because of the wide readership of this book but we have added an extra table giving the equivalent systematic names and the formulae. We have tried to avoid omission of any named effects and laws that have wide usage. Nevertheless, in order to keep the book to a manageable length, it has been necessary to make a selection among the less commonly used terms and it is inevitable that some arbitrary choices and omissions must be made. Some entries from earlier editions have been left out to make room for other entries which we feel have become more important. We are especially grateful to those readers who have pointed out previous omissions. D.W.G.B. Imperial College, Uni!.:ersity of London D.R.L.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Dictionary A-ZAppendix: A list of named units -- Table of organic compounds.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173360
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Ecological Concepts and Their Relevance to Human Nutrition -- Man’s Demand for Energy -- World Production of Organic Matter -- Secondary Production in the Oceans -- Secondary Production from Land -- Amino Acids: Production by Plants and the Requirements of Man -- The Nitrogen Economy of Marine and Land Environments -- Man’s Impact on Environmental Systems -- Man and the Major Mineral Elements -- Uptake of Some Major Mineral Elements by Plants -- Trace Mineral Elements, Mammalian Requirements and Man’s Presumptive Needs -- Trace Elements in Soils and Plants -- Trace Elements in the Marine Environment -- Support Energy from Fossil Fuels -- Radioactive Materials -- Radioactive Materials—the Aquatic Environment -- Pesticides and Other Man-made Chemicals and the Food Chain -- Implications of the Intensification of Agriculture for Ecological Problems -- Implications for Human Health and Nutrition and the Research That Needs to be Done -- List of Participants.
    Kurzfassung: The purpose of the third symposium organised by the Advisory Committee on Nutrition and Crop Husbandry _of the Rank Prize Funds was to explore in some depth the complex processes whereby organic and inorganic materials reach man's diet, paying particular attenti.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Ecological Concepts and Their Relevance to Human NutritionMan’s Demand for Energy -- World Production of Organic Matter -- Secondary Production in the Oceans -- Secondary Production from Land -- Amino Acids: Production by Plants and the Requirements of Man -- The Nitrogen Economy of Marine and Land Environments -- Man’s Impact on Environmental Systems -- Man and the Major Mineral Elements -- Uptake of Some Major Mineral Elements by Plants -- Trace Mineral Elements, Mammalian Requirements and Man’s Presumptive Needs -- Trace Elements in Soils and Plants -- Trace Elements in the Marine Environment -- Support Energy from Fossil Fuels -- Radioactive Materials -- Radioactive Materials-the Aquatic Environment -- Pesticides and Other Man-made Chemicals and the Food Chain -- Implications of the Intensification of Agriculture for Ecological Problems -- Implications for Human Health and Nutrition and the Research That Needs to be Done -- List of Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170215
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Semiconductor Junctions and Diodes -- 1.1 Introductory Semiconductor Equations and Concepts -- 1.2 PN Junction Forward Characteristics -- 1.3 Diode Reverse Characteristics -- 1.4 Junction Transient Characteristics -- 1.5 Rectifier Circuits -- 1.6 Zener Reference Diodes -- 1.7 Diodes with Negative Resistance -- 1.8 Electron Beam Bombarded Semiconductor Diodes as Amplifiers -- 1.9 Questions -- 1.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 2 Metal-Semiconductor Schottky-Barrier Diodes -- 2.1 Elementary Metal-Semiconductor Junction Concepts -- 2.2 Barrier Height Measurements -- 2.3 Schottky Barrier Current-Voltage Characteristics -- 2.4 Minority Charge in Schottky Junctions -- 2.5 Schottky Barriers in Integrated Circuits -- 2.6 High Power Schottky Barrier Rectifiers -- 2.7 Questions -- 2.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 3 Microwave Applications of Diodes, Varactors and Tunnel Diodes -- 3.1 Detectors, Mixer Diodes and Related Devices -- 3.2 PIN Diodes as Attenuators and Switches -- 3.3 Varactor Diodes and Parametric Frequency Multiplication and Amplification -- 3.4 Tunnel Diodes and Applications -- 3.5 Questions -- 3.6 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 4 Bipolar Junction Transistors -- 4.1 General Characteristics -- 4.2 Voltage Rating and Second Breakdown -- 4.3 Factors Controlling the Current Gain -- 4.4 Frequency Performance and Microwave Transistors -- 4.5 Power Transistors -- 4.6 Switching of Bipolar Transistors -- 4.7 Lateral Transistors -- 4.8 Heterojunction Transistors -- 4.9 Questions -- 4.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 5 Thyristors — Controlled PNPN and Related Switch Devices -- 5.1 Basic Concepts of PNPN Structures -- 5.2 Thyristor Turn-on, Turn-off and Power Considerations -- 5.3 Triacs and Other Multilayer Structures -- 5.4 Computer Aided Design Model for a Thyristor Circuit -- 5.5 Thyristor Applications (Brief Comments) -- 5.6 Questions -- 5.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 6 JFETs and MESFETs — Field Effect Transistors -- 6.1 Si FET Modeling Including Saturation Velocity Effects -- 6.2 GaAs MESFET Modeling -- 6.3 Dual Gate MESFETs -- 6.4 Microwave Field Effect Transistors -- 6.5 Some Applications of JFETs and MESFETs -- 6.6 Questions -- 6.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 7 Insulated Gate-Field-Effect-Transistors: MOSFETs, IGFETs and Related Devices -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 First-Order Theory of a MOSFET -- 7.3 Further Consideration of MOSFET Characteristics -- 7.4 MOSFET Saturation Models -- 7.5 The Transition from IGFET to Bipolar Transistor Performance -- 7.6 Semiconductor-Insulator and Insulator-Metal Interfaces -- 7.7 Fabrication Processes for IGFETs -- 7.8 CMOS Structures and Logic -- 7.9 Computer Aided Design of MOSFET Circuits for Large Scale Integration -- 7.10 MOSFET Switches -- 7.11 Noise in MOSFETs -- 7.12 Special Purpose MOSFETs -- 7.13 Questions -- 7.14 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 8 Integrated Circuit Fundamentals -- 8.1 Large Scale Integration -- 8.2 Yield: The Designer’s Dilemma -- 8.3 Bipolar IC Technology -- 8.4 MOS Inverters -- 8.5 MOS Logic Circuits and Scaling -- 8.6 Future Limits in Digital Electronics -- 8.7 Questions -- 8.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 9 Integrated Circuit Applications -- 9.1 Linear Integrated Circuits -- 9.2 Communications Applications -- 9.3 Applications in Watches, Cameras and Automobiles -- 9.4 Semiconductor Memories -- 9.5 Microprocessors -- 9.6 Small Calculators -- 9.7 Questions -- 9.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 10 Charge-Transfer Devices -- 10.1 General Concepts -- 10.2 Loss Mechanisms in CCDs -- 10.3 Charge-Coupled Delay Lines and Filters -- 10.4 Charge-Coupled Memories -- 10.5 Imaging CCD Arrays -- 10.6 CCD Logic Structures -- 10.7 Bucket-Brigade Circuits -- 10.8 Questions -- 10.9 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 11 Avalanche-Diode Microwave Oscillators, Amplifiers, and Gunn Devices -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Read Diode Oscillator Concepts -- 11.3 Impatt Performance -- 11.4 Trapatt Oscillations -- 11.5 Avalanche-Diode Amplifiers -- 11.6 Comments on Performance -- 11.7 Transferred-Electron Device (Gunn) Oscillatros -- 11.8 TED (Gunn) Logic Concepts -- 11.9 Questions -- 11.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 12 Solar Cells -- 12.1 Solar Energy -- 12.2 Silicon Solar Cells -- 12.3 Solar Cells of GaAs, InP, and Related Semiconductors -- 12.4 Cells of CdS and Related Semiconductors -- 12.5 Discussion -- 12.6 Questions -- 12.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 13 Light Detecting Semiconductor Devices -- 13.1 Photodiodes -- 13.2 Detectivity -- 13.3 Photoconductive Detectors -- 13.4 Phototransistors -- 13.5 Photocathodes and Negative-Electron-Affinity-Emitting Devices -- 13.6 Vidicon Camera Tubes and Silicon Diode Array Targets -- 13.7 Electrophotographic Copying -- 13.8 Questions -- 13.9 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 14 Light Emitting Diodes and Injection Lasers -- 14.1 Light Emission from Direct-Gap GaAs1?xPx -- 14.2 Radiative and Nonradiative Recombination in GaAs Diodes -- 14.3 GaP Light-Emitting Diodes -- 14.4 Other Light-Emitting Materials -- 14.5 Applications of Light-Emitting Diodes -- 14.6 Heterojunction A1xGa1?xAs — GaAs Injection Lasers -- 14.7 Other Injection Lasers -- 14.8 Injection Lasers and LEDs as Light Sources for Optical Communications Systems -- 14.9 Questions -- 14.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 15 Semiconductor Sensors and Transducers -- 15.1 Semiconductor Sensors Involving Magnetics -- 15.2 Strain Sensors and Related Transducers -- 15.3 Temperature Sensors -- 15.4 Gas Sensing Semiconductor Structures -- 15.5 High-Energy Particle and Gamma Ray Sensors -- 15.6 Questions -- 15.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- Book List.
    Kurzfassung: For some time there has been a need for a semiconductor device book that carries diode and transistor theory beyond an introductory level and yet has space to touch on a wider range of semiconductor device principles and applica­ tions. Such topics are covered in specialized monographs numbering many hun­ dreds, but the voluminous nature of this literature limits access for students. This book is the outcome of attempts to develop a broad course on devices and integrated electronics for university students at about senior-year level. The edu­ cational prerequisites are an introductory course in semiconductor junction and transistor concepts, and a course on analog and digital circuits that has intro­ duced the concepts of rectification, amplification, oscillators, modulation and logic and SWitching circuits. The book should also be of value to professional engineers and physicists because of both, the information included and the de­ tailed guide to the literature given by the references. The aim has been to bring some measure of order into the subject area examined and to provide a basic structure from which teachers may develop themes that are of most interest to students and themselves. Semiconductor devices and integrated circuits are reviewed and fundamental factors that control power levels, frequency, speed, size and cost are discussed. The text also briefly mentions how devices are used and presents circuits and comments on representative applications. Thus, the book seeks a balance be­ tween the extremes of device physics and circuit design.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Semiconductor Junctions and Diodes1.1 Introductory Semiconductor Equations and Concepts -- 1.2 PN Junction Forward Characteristics -- 1.3 Diode Reverse Characteristics -- 1.4 Junction Transient Characteristics -- 1.5 Rectifier Circuits -- 1.6 Zener Reference Diodes -- 1.7 Diodes with Negative Resistance -- 1.8 Electron Beam Bombarded Semiconductor Diodes as Amplifiers -- 1.9 Questions -- 1.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 2 Metal-Semiconductor Schottky-Barrier Diodes -- 2.1 Elementary Metal-Semiconductor Junction Concepts -- 2.2 Barrier Height Measurements -- 2.3 Schottky Barrier Current-Voltage Characteristics -- 2.4 Minority Charge in Schottky Junctions -- 2.5 Schottky Barriers in Integrated Circuits -- 2.6 High Power Schottky Barrier Rectifiers -- 2.7 Questions -- 2.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 3 Microwave Applications of Diodes, Varactors and Tunnel Diodes -- 3.1 Detectors, Mixer Diodes and Related Devices -- 3.2 PIN Diodes as Attenuators and Switches -- 3.3 Varactor Diodes and Parametric Frequency Multiplication and Amplification -- 3.4 Tunnel Diodes and Applications -- 3.5 Questions -- 3.6 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 4 Bipolar Junction Transistors -- 4.1 General Characteristics -- 4.2 Voltage Rating and Second Breakdown -- 4.3 Factors Controlling the Current Gain -- 4.4 Frequency Performance and Microwave Transistors -- 4.5 Power Transistors -- 4.6 Switching of Bipolar Transistors -- 4.7 Lateral Transistors -- 4.8 Heterojunction Transistors -- 4.9 Questions -- 4.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 5 Thyristors - Controlled PNPN and Related Switch Devices -- 5.1 Basic Concepts of PNPN Structures -- 5.2 Thyristor Turn-on, Turn-off and Power Considerations -- 5.3 Triacs and Other Multilayer Structures -- 5.4 Computer Aided Design Model for a Thyristor Circuit -- 5.5 Thyristor Applications (Brief Comments) -- 5.6 Questions -- 5.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 6 JFETs and MESFETs - Field Effect Transistors -- 6.1 Si FET Modeling Including Saturation Velocity Effects -- 6.2 GaAs MESFET Modeling -- 6.3 Dual Gate MESFETs -- 6.4 Microwave Field Effect Transistors -- 6.5 Some Applications of JFETs and MESFETs -- 6.6 Questions -- 6.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 7 Insulated Gate-Field-Effect-Transistors: MOSFETs, IGFETs and Related Devices -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 First-Order Theory of a MOSFET -- 7.3 Further Consideration of MOSFET Characteristics -- 7.4 MOSFET Saturation Models -- 7.5 The Transition from IGFET to Bipolar Transistor Performance -- 7.6 Semiconductor-Insulator and Insulator-Metal Interfaces -- 7.7 Fabrication Processes for IGFETs -- 7.8 CMOS Structures and Logic -- 7.9 Computer Aided Design of MOSFET Circuits for Large Scale Integration -- 7.10 MOSFET Switches -- 7.11 Noise in MOSFETs -- 7.12 Special Purpose MOSFETs -- 7.13 Questions -- 7.14 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 8 Integrated Circuit Fundamentals -- 8.1 Large Scale Integration -- 8.2 Yield: The Designer’s Dilemma -- 8.3 Bipolar IC Technology -- 8.4 MOS Inverters -- 8.5 MOS Logic Circuits and Scaling -- 8.6 Future Limits in Digital Electronics -- 8.7 Questions -- 8.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 9 Integrated Circuit Applications -- 9.1 Linear Integrated Circuits -- 9.2 Communications Applications -- 9.3 Applications in Watches, Cameras and Automobiles -- 9.4 Semiconductor Memories -- 9.5 Microprocessors -- 9.6 Small Calculators -- 9.7 Questions -- 9.8 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 10 Charge-Transfer Devices -- 10.1 General Concepts -- 10.2 Loss Mechanisms in CCDs -- 10.3 Charge-Coupled Delay Lines and Filters -- 10.4 Charge-Coupled Memories -- 10.5 Imaging CCD Arrays -- 10.6 CCD Logic Structures -- 10.7 Bucket-Brigade Circuits -- 10.8 Questions -- 10.9 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 11 Avalanche-Diode Microwave Oscillators, Amplifiers, and Gunn Devices -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Read Diode Oscillator Concepts -- 11.3 Impatt Performance -- 11.4 Trapatt Oscillations -- 11.5 Avalanche-Diode Amplifiers -- 11.6 Comments on Performance -- 11.7 Transferred-Electron Device (Gunn) Oscillatros -- 11.8 TED (Gunn) Logic Concepts -- 11.9 Questions -- 11.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 12 Solar Cells -- 12.1 Solar Energy -- 12.2 Silicon Solar Cells -- 12.3 Solar Cells of GaAs, InP, and Related Semiconductors -- 12.4 Cells of CdS and Related Semiconductors -- 12.5 Discussion -- 12.6 Questions -- 12.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 13 Light Detecting Semiconductor Devices -- 13.1 Photodiodes -- 13.2 Detectivity -- 13.3 Photoconductive Detectors -- 13.4 Phototransistors -- 13.5 Photocathodes and Negative-Electron-Affinity-Emitting Devices -- 13.6 Vidicon Camera Tubes and Silicon Diode Array Targets -- 13.7 Electrophotographic Copying -- 13.8 Questions -- 13.9 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 14 Light Emitting Diodes and Injection Lasers -- 14.1 Light Emission from Direct-Gap GaAs1?xPx -- 14.2 Radiative and Nonradiative Recombination in GaAs Diodes -- 14.3 GaP Light-Emitting Diodes -- 14.4 Other Light-Emitting Materials -- 14.5 Applications of Light-Emitting Diodes -- 14.6 Heterojunction A1xGa1?xAs - GaAs Injection Lasers -- 14.7 Other Injection Lasers -- 14.8 Injection Lasers and LEDs as Light Sources for Optical Communications Systems -- 14.9 Questions -- 14.10 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- 15 Semiconductor Sensors and Transducers -- 15.1 Semiconductor Sensors Involving Magnetics -- 15.2 Strain Sensors and Related Transducers -- 15.3 Temperature Sensors -- 15.4 Gas Sensing Semiconductor Structures -- 15.5 High-Energy Particle and Gamma Ray Sensors -- 15.6 Questions -- 15.7 References and Further Reading Suggestions -- Book List.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179157
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIX, 549 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I Solar Cell Arrays -- 1 Array Systems -- 2 Array Analysis -- 3 Array Design -- II Array Building Blocks -- 4 Solar Cells -- 5 Optical Elements -- 6 Electrical Elements -- 7 Mechanical Elements -- III Support Data -- 8 Fabrication and Test -- 9 Environments and Their Effects -- 10 Material Properties -- Appendices -- Appendix A Mathematics -- Appendix B Insolance Tables -- Appendix C Physical Constants -- Appendix D Conversion Factors and Formulas -- Appendix E 1 MeV Fluence Tables.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I Solar Cell Arrays1 Array Systems -- 2 Array Analysis -- 3 Array Design -- II Array Building Blocks -- 4 Solar Cells -- 5 Optical Elements -- 6 Electrical Elements -- 7 Mechanical Elements -- III Support Data -- 8 Fabrication and Test -- 9 Environments and Their Effects -- 10 Material Properties -- Appendices -- Appendix A Mathematics -- Appendix B Insolance Tables -- Appendix C Physical Constants -- Appendix D Conversion Factors and Formulas -- Appendix E 1 MeV Fluence Tables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958609
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: 2
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. NATURE AND PROPERTIES -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Nomenclature and structure -- 1.3 Isolation and purification -- 1.4 Physical properties -- 1.5 Chemical properties -- 1.6 Addendum -- 1.7 References -- 2. BIOSYNTHESIS OF CAROTENOIDS -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 General pathway to lycopene -- 2.3 Further reactions of lycopene -- 2.4 Insertion of oxygen into carotenoids -- 2.5 Acetylenic, allenic and refrocarotenoids -- 2.6 C30 carotenoids -- 2.7 References -- 3. FUNCTIONS OF CAROTENOIDS -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Photosynthesis -- 3.3 Photoprotection -- 3.4 The xanthophyll cycle -- 3.5 Phototropism -- 3.6 Phototaxis -- 3.7 Sporangiophore formation -- 3.8 References -- 4. CAROTENOIDS IN SEED-BEARING PLANTS-PHOTOSYNTHETIC TISSUES -- 4.1 Qualitative distribution -- 4.2 Quantitative distribution -- 4.3 Localization -- 4.4 Etiolated seedlings -- 4.5 Mutants -- 4.6 Synthesis in germinating seedlings -- 4.7 Effect of environment on synthesis in leaves -- 4.8 Biosynthesis -- 4.9 Regulation of synthesis -- 4.10 Metabolism -- 4.11 Plant tissue cultures -- 4.12 Parasitic and saprophytic plants -- 4.13 Aquatic higher plants -- 4.14 References -- 5. CAROTENOIDS IN HIGHER PLANTS -- 5.1 Reproductive tissues -- 5.2 Roots -- 5.3 References -- 6. MOSSES, LIVERWORTS AND SPORE-BEARING VASCULAR PLANTS -- 6.1 Bryophyta - mosses and liverworts -- 6.2 Tracophyta - spore-bearing vascular plants -- 6.3 Function -- 6.4 References -- 7. ALGAE -- 7.1 Nature and distribution -- 7.2 General factors controlling synthesis -- 7.3 Carotenoids, algal taxonomy and evolution -- 7.4 References -- 8. FUNGI -- 8.1 Distribution -- 8.2 General factors controlling synthesis -- 8.3 Function in reproduction -- 8.4 References -- 9. NON-PHOTOSYNTHETIC BACTERIA -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Distribution -- 9.3 Localization of carotenoids -- 9.4 Factors controlling synthesis -- 9.5 Biosynthesis of C30 carotenoids -- 9.6 Biosynthesis of C45 and C50 carotenoids -- 9.7 Formation of carotenoid glucoside esters -- 9.8 References -- 10. PHOTOSYNTHETIC BACTERIA -- 10.1 Distribution -- 10.2 Localization of carotenoids -- 10.3 General factors controlling synthesis -- 10.4 Biosynthesis -- 10.5 References -- 11. BIOGEOCHEMISTRY OF CAROTENOIDS -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Fresh water deposits -- 11.3 Ocean deposits -- 11.4 References.
    Kurzfassung: The carotenoids are not only amongst the most widespread of the naturally occurring groups of pigments, but probably also have the most varied functions; witness their known roles in photokinetic responses of plants, in phototropic responses of fish and as vitamin A precursors in mammals and birds. Pigments with such wide distribution and such diverse functions are obviously of great interest to biological scientists with very different specializa­ tions, especially as it is unlikely that the study of the functions of carotenoids is anywhere near complete. The primary aim of the present work is to discuss the distribution, bio­ genesis and function of the carotenoids throughout the plant and animal kingdoms in such a way that, because of, rather than in spite of its bio­ chemical bias, it will be of value to workers interested in all the biological aspects of these pigments. The biochemical approach is considered the most effective because, generally speaking, most progress in the study of carotenoids in living material has been achieved using biochemical techniques, be they applied by zoologists, botanists, entomologists, microbiologists or other specialists; what is even more important is that a consideration of the present position makes it certain that further fundamental progress will also be made along biochemical lines.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. NATURE AND PROPERTIES1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Nomenclature and structure -- 1.3 Isolation and purification -- 1.4 Physical properties -- 1.5 Chemical properties -- 1.6 Addendum -- 1.7 References -- 2. BIOSYNTHESIS OF CAROTENOIDS -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 General pathway to lycopene -- 2.3 Further reactions of lycopene -- 2.4 Insertion of oxygen into carotenoids -- 2.5 Acetylenic, allenic and refrocarotenoids -- 2.6 C30 carotenoids -- 2.7 References -- 3. FUNCTIONS OF CAROTENOIDS -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Photosynthesis -- 3.3 Photoprotection -- 3.4 The xanthophyll cycle -- 3.5 Phototropism -- 3.6 Phototaxis -- 3.7 Sporangiophore formation -- 3.8 References -- 4. CAROTENOIDS IN SEED-BEARING PLANTS-PHOTOSYNTHETIC TISSUES -- 4.1 Qualitative distribution -- 4.2 Quantitative distribution -- 4.3 Localization -- 4.4 Etiolated seedlings -- 4.5 Mutants -- 4.6 Synthesis in germinating seedlings -- 4.7 Effect of environment on synthesis in leaves -- 4.8 Biosynthesis -- 4.9 Regulation of synthesis -- 4.10 Metabolism -- 4.11 Plant tissue cultures -- 4.12 Parasitic and saprophytic plants -- 4.13 Aquatic higher plants -- 4.14 References -- 5. CAROTENOIDS IN HIGHER PLANTS -- 5.1 Reproductive tissues -- 5.2 Roots -- 5.3 References -- 6. MOSSES, LIVERWORTS AND SPORE-BEARING VASCULAR PLANTS -- 6.1 Bryophyta - mosses and liverworts -- 6.2 Tracophyta - spore-bearing vascular plants -- 6.3 Function -- 6.4 References -- 7. ALGAE -- 7.1 Nature and distribution -- 7.2 General factors controlling synthesis -- 7.3 Carotenoids, algal taxonomy and evolution -- 7.4 References -- 8. FUNGI -- 8.1 Distribution -- 8.2 General factors controlling synthesis -- 8.3 Function in reproduction -- 8.4 References -- 9. NON-PHOTOSYNTHETIC BACTERIA -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Distribution -- 9.3 Localization of carotenoids -- 9.4 Factors controlling synthesis -- 9.5 Biosynthesis of C30 carotenoids -- 9.6 Biosynthesis of C45 and C50 carotenoids -- 9.7 Formation of carotenoid glucoside esters -- 9.8 References -- 10. PHOTOSYNTHETIC BACTERIA -- 10.1 Distribution -- 10.2 Localization of carotenoids -- 10.3 General factors controlling synthesis -- 10.4 Biosynthesis -- 10.5 References -- 11. BIOGEOCHEMISTRY OF CAROTENOIDS -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Fresh water deposits -- 11.3 Ocean deposits -- 11.4 References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789400959002
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Discrete mathematics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Preliminaries -- 1.1 General introductory and historical remarks -- 1.2 Sets, families and graphs -- 1.3 Vector spaces; linear and affine independence -- Exercises -- 2 Independence spaces -- 2.1 Axioms and some basic theorems -- 2.2 Some induced structures -- 2.3 Submodular functions -- 2.4 Sums of independence structures -- Exercises -- 3 Graphic spaces -- 3.1 The cycle and cutset structures of a graph -- 3.2 Connections with vector spaces -- 3.3 Applications of independence theory to graphs -- Exercises -- 4 Transversal spaces -- 4.1 Hall’s theorem and its generalization -- 4.2 The partial transversals of a family of sets -- 4.3 Duals of transversal structures -- 4.4 Extensions of Hall’s theorem -- 4.5 Applications -- Exercises -- 5 Appendix on representability -- 5.1 Representability in general -- 5.2 Linear representability -- 5.3 Induced structures -- 5.4 Linear representability over specified fields -- 5.5 Some spaces which are not linearly representable -- Exercises -- Hints and solutions to the exercises -- Further reading.
    Kurzfassung: Combinatorics may very loosely be described as that branch of mathematics which is concerned with the problems of arranging objects in accordance with various imposed constraints. It covers a wide range of ideas and because of its fundamental nature it has applications throughout mathematics. Among the well-established areas of combinatorics may now be included the studies of graphs and networks, block designs, games, transversals, and enumeration problem s concerning permutations and combinations, from which the subject earned its title, as weil as the theory of independence spaces (or matroids). Along this broad front,various central themes link together the very diverse ideas. The theme which we introduce in this book is that of the abstract concept of independence. Here the reason for the abstraction is to unify; and, as we sh all see, this unification pays off handsomely with applications and illuminating sidelights in a wide variety of combinatorial situations. The study of combinatorics in general, and independence theory in particular, accounts for a considerable amount of space in the mathematical journais. For the most part, however, the books on abstract independence so far written are at an advanced level, ·whereas the purpose of our short book is to provide an elementary in­ troduction to the subject.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Preliminaries1.1 General introductory and historical remarks -- 1.2 Sets, families and graphs -- 1.3 Vector spaces; linear and affine independence -- Exercises -- 2 Independence spaces -- 2.1 Axioms and some basic theorems -- 2.2 Some induced structures -- 2.3 Submodular functions -- 2.4 Sums of independence structures -- Exercises -- 3 Graphic spaces -- 3.1 The cycle and cutset structures of a graph -- 3.2 Connections with vector spaces -- 3.3 Applications of independence theory to graphs -- Exercises -- 4 Transversal spaces -- 4.1 Hall’s theorem and its generalization -- 4.2 The partial transversals of a family of sets -- 4.3 Duals of transversal structures -- 4.4 Extensions of Hall’s theorem -- 4.5 Applications -- Exercises -- 5 Appendix on representability -- 5.1 Representability in general -- 5.2 Linear representability -- 5.3 Induced structures -- 5.4 Linear representability over specified fields -- 5.5 Some spaces which are not linearly representable -- Exercises -- Hints and solutions to the exercises -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958128
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- Topics for further reading -- 2 Motility in prokaryotic organisms -- 2.1 Elements involved in motility -- 2.2 Molecular structure of the bacterial flagellum -- 2.3 Regulation of synthesis and assembly of the bacterial flagellum -- 2.4 The function of bacterial flagella -- 2.5 Patterns of bacterial movements -- 2.6 Regulation of bacterial movement -- Topics for further reading -- 3 The motility system of eukaryotic cells -- 3.1 Microtubules -- 3.2 Molecular components of micro tubular structures -- 3.3 Microtubule assembly and its control -- 3.4 How microtubules can generate movement -- 3.5 The problem of intermediate filaments -- 3.6 Microfilaments -- 3.7 Molecular components of microfilaments -- 3.8 Microfilament assembly and its control -- 3.9 How microfilaments generate movement -- 3.10 Sliding control in microfilaments -- 3.11 Microtubules, microfilaments and cell membranes -- Topics for further reading -- 4 The movement of eukaryotic cells -- 4.1 Ciliary and flagellar movement -- 4.2 Amoeboid movement -- Topics for further reading -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Philosophers through the ages have made the astute observation that life, in its many aspects, appears to be continuously moving. All things in the universe, from the cosmic to the atomic level, exhibit some form of movement. Getting down to earth, the capacity to move is also an essential feature of the biological world. Movement was in fact synonymous with life at the time that Antony van Leeuwenhoek made the first simple microscope (seventeenth century). Using his primitive instrument he observed micro-organisms. which he called 'animalcules', swimming through a drop of water, and therefore he proclaimed that they 'seem to be alive'. We now know that movement in this form is not a prerequisite for life. although it is a crucial aspect in many living organisms. Realizing the general importance of motility in the biological world, this book will try to focus on the motility at a cellular level. Motility at a cellular level can take one of several forms: movement of components within the cell itself or movement of the cell as a whole (cell locomotion).
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionTopics for further reading -- 2 Motility in prokaryotic organisms -- 2.1 Elements involved in motility -- 2.2 Molecular structure of the bacterial flagellum -- 2.3 Regulation of synthesis and assembly of the bacterial flagellum -- 2.4 The function of bacterial flagella -- 2.5 Patterns of bacterial movements -- 2.6 Regulation of bacterial movement -- Topics for further reading -- 3 The motility system of eukaryotic cells -- 3.1 Microtubules -- 3.2 Molecular components of micro tubular structures -- 3.3 Microtubule assembly and its control -- 3.4 How microtubules can generate movement -- 3.5 The problem of intermediate filaments -- 3.6 Microfilaments -- 3.7 Molecular components of microfilaments -- 3.8 Microfilament assembly and its control -- 3.9 How microfilaments generate movement -- 3.10 Sliding control in microfilaments -- 3.11 Microtubules, microfilaments and cell membranes -- Topics for further reading -- 4 The movement of eukaryotic cells -- 4.1 Ciliary and flagellar movement -- 4.2 Amoeboid movement -- Topics for further reading -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165204
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Alkanes -- 1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. CH3 stretching frequencies -- 1.3. CH2 stretching frequencies -- 1.4. The symmetric methyl deformation frequency -- 1.5. The CH2 deformation frequency -- 1.6. Skeletal vibrations -- 2 Alkenes and Vibrations of C=N and N=N Links -- 2.1. The C=C stretching frequency -- 2.2. C=C Frequencies in open chains -- 2.3. CH stretching vibrations of olefines -- 2.4. The C=N stretching frequency -- 2.5. The N=N stretching frequency -- 3 X=Y=Z Systems and Triple Bonds -- 3.1. Introduction, multiple bond systems -- 3.2. Isothiocyanates -- 3.3. Thiocyanates -- 3.4. Isocyanates -- 3.5. Azides -- 3.6. Carbodi-imides -- 3.7. Diazo compounds -- 3.8. Alienes -- 3.9. Factors controlling the stretching frequencies of triple bonds -- 3.10. Isonitriles -- 3.11. Alkynes -- 4 Unassociated XH Vibrations -- 4.1. Introduction -- 4.2. Changes in XH stretching frequencies following alterations in the X Element -- 4.3. Changes in XH stretching frequencies with alterations in the Substituents at X -- 4.4. vOH stretching frequencies -- 4.5. vNH stretching frequencies -- 4.6. Silicon and germanium hydrides -- 4.7. Hydrides of other elements -- 5 Carbonyl Frequencies -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Mass effects -- 5.3. Frequency interaction effects -- 5.4. The effects of changes in bond angles, and in the strengths of the adjacent bonds -- 5.5. Chemical effects -- 5.6. Field effects in carbonyl compounds -- 5.7. The effects of changes of phase or of Association -- 5.8. Carbonyl frequencies in specific classes of compound -- 5.9. The carbonyl deformation frequency -- 6 X=Y Bonds Other than Carbonyl. vS=O, N=O, P=O, P=S, C=S and C=Se Vibrations -- 6.1. The sulphoxide group -- 6.2. The XN=O bond -- 6.3. The P=O stretching frequency -- 6.4. The P=S vibration -- 6.5. The P=Se vibration -- 6.6. The C=S vibration -- 6.7. The C=Se vibration -- 7 Stretching Vibrations of XO2 Systems, RSO2, RNO2, RCO2 -- 7.1. The SO2 stretching vibrations -- 7.2. The X-NO2 stretching vibrations -- 7.3. The ionized carboxyl group CO2- -- 8 Associated XH Frequencies, The Hydrogen Bond -- 8.1. Introduction -- 8.2. OH…X systems -- 8.3. NH…X hydrogen bonds -- 8.4. Hydrogen bonding in thiols -- 8.5. CH…X hydrogen bonds -- 8.6. Hydrogen bonds of inorganic acids.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Alkanes1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. CH3 stretching frequencies -- 1.3. CH2 stretching frequencies -- 1.4. The symmetric methyl deformation frequency -- 1.5. The CH2 deformation frequency -- 1.6. Skeletal vibrations -- 2 Alkenes and Vibrations of C=N and N=N Links -- 2.1. The C=C stretching frequency -- 2.2. C=C Frequencies in open chains -- 2.3. CH stretching vibrations of olefines -- 2.4. The C=N stretching frequency -- 2.5. The N=N stretching frequency -- 3 X=Y=Z Systems and Triple Bonds -- 3.1. Introduction, multiple bond systems -- 3.2. Isothiocyanates -- 3.3. Thiocyanates -- 3.4. Isocyanates -- 3.5. Azides -- 3.6. Carbodi-imides -- 3.7. Diazo compounds -- 3.8. Alienes -- 3.9. Factors controlling the stretching frequencies of triple bonds -- 3.10. Isonitriles -- 3.11. Alkynes -- 4 Unassociated XH Vibrations -- 4.1. Introduction -- 4.2. Changes in XH stretching frequencies following alterations in the X Element -- 4.3. Changes in XH stretching frequencies with alterations in the Substituents at X -- 4.4. vOH stretching frequencies -- 4.5. vNH stretching frequencies -- 4.6. Silicon and germanium hydrides -- 4.7. Hydrides of other elements -- 5 Carbonyl Frequencies -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Mass effects -- 5.3. Frequency interaction effects -- 5.4. The effects of changes in bond angles, and in the strengths of the adjacent bonds -- 5.5. Chemical effects -- 5.6. Field effects in carbonyl compounds -- 5.7. The effects of changes of phase or of Association -- 5.8. Carbonyl frequencies in specific classes of compound -- 5.9. The carbonyl deformation frequency -- 6 X=Y Bonds Other than Carbonyl. vS=O, N=O, P=O, P=S, C=S and C=Se Vibrations -- 6.1. The sulphoxide group -- 6.2. The XN=O bond -- 6.3. The P=O stretching frequency -- 6.4. The P=S vibration -- 6.5. The P=Se vibration -- 6.6. The C=S vibration -- 6.7. The C=Se vibration -- 7 Stretching Vibrations of XO2 Systems, RSO2, RNO2, RCO2 -- 7.1. The SO2 stretching vibrations -- 7.2. The X-NO2 stretching vibrations -- 7.3. The ionized carboxyl group CO2- -- 8 Associated XH Frequencies, The Hydrogen Bond -- 8.1. Introduction -- 8.2. OH…X systems -- 8.3. NH…X hydrogen bonds -- 8.4. Hydrogen bonding in thiols -- 8.5. CH…X hydrogen bonds -- 8.6. Hydrogen bonds of inorganic acids.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400988606
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. The United Nations (UN) -- 2. The specialized agencies -- 3. The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) -- 4. Regional integration -- 5. Regional development banks -- 1: World Organizations -- 1. The International Monetary Fund -- 2. The World Bank Group -- 3. The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade -- 4. The Commodity Agreements. The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) -- 2. European Organizations -- 5. Benelux -- 6. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development -- 7. The Council for Mutual Economic Assistance -- 8. The European Communities -- 9. The European Free Trade Association -- Conclusion -- Appendix: Member States of International Organizations -- List of Articles -- Index of Authors -- Index of Subjects.
    Kurzfassung: What made me write this book was a feeling that students of international economics needed to fin out their knowledge of the theory with work on the practice of the major international economic organizations, many of which are having a growing influence on the national economies of their members. There was no single volume given over to a concise treatment of these organizations. of the international organizations themselves can be con­ The annual reports sulted, of course, but as a rule these are not noted for being brief and to the point (the items of importance have to be fished out of a sea of useless detail), nor do they go in for criticism of their own activities. In selecting the organizations to be dealt with in the book I was guided by the influence they exert. I have left out those whose activities consist mainly in the drafting recommendations to which, however meritorious they may be, little or no attention is paid. Some of them are included in the Introduction, which provides a summary of a number of institutions not discussed separately in the body of the work. There are, however, two exceptions: the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) as the organization replacing the Organization for European Economic Cooperation (OEEC), and the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) whose meetings have succeeded in drawing much attention of the press.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. The United Nations (UN)2. The specialized agencies -- 3. The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) -- 4. Regional integration -- 5. Regional development banks -- 1: World Organizations -- 1. The International Monetary Fund -- 2. The World Bank Group -- 3. The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade -- 4. The Commodity Agreements. The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) -- 2. European Organizations -- 5. Benelux -- 6. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development -- 7. The Council for Mutual Economic Assistance -- 8. The European Communities -- 9. The European Free Trade Association -- Conclusion -- Appendix: Member States of International Organizations -- List of Articles -- Index of Authors -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959071
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Third Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Lipids: what they are and how the biochemist deals with them -- 1.1 General introduction -- 1.2 Nomenclature and stereochemistry -- 1.3 Analytical techniques -- 1.4 Bibliography -- 2 Fatty acids -- 2.1 Structure and properties -- 2.2 The biochemistry of fatty acids -- 2.3 Summary -- 2.4 Bibliography -- 3 Neutral Lipids: glycerides, sterol esters, vitamin A esters, waxes -- 3.1 Glycerides -- 3.2 Sterol esters -- 3.3 Vitamin A esters (retinyl esters) -- 3.4 Waxes -- 3.5 Analytical techniques -- 3.6 Summary -- 3.7 Bibliography -- 4 Phospholipids -- 4.1 Classification of phospholipids -- 4.2 Structure and occurrence -- 4.3 Biosynthesis of phospholipids -- 4.4 Degradation of phospholipids -- 4.5 Analysis of phospholipids -- 4.6 Summary -- 4.7 Bibliography -- 5 Glycolipids and sulpholipids -- 5.1 Glycosyl ceramides -- 5.2 Glycosyl glycerides -- 5.3 Other glycolipids and sulpholipids -- 5.4 The analysis of glycolipid mixtures -- 5.5 Summary -- 5.6 Bibliography -- 6 Lipids as components of macromolecules -- 6.1 Physical and chemical properties of lipids -- 6.2 Physical and chemical properties of proteins -- 6.3 Association of lipids and proteins -- 6.4 Naturally-occurring lipoproteins — ‘soluble types’ -- 6.5 Naturally-occurring lipoproteins — ‘membrane types’ -- 6.6 Lipopolysaccharides and bacterial cell walls -- 6.7 Summary -- 6.8 Bibliography -- 7 Lipids in nutrition, health and disease -- 7.1 Introduction: the diverse roles of dietary lipids -- 7.2 Source and composition of dietary lipids -- 7.3 Different roles of minor lipids in food -- 7.4 The metabolism of lipids in relation to disease -- 7.5 Summary -- 7.6 Bibliography -- General index -- Supplementary index of diseases -- Supplementary index of species -- Supplementary index of tissues.
    Kurzfassung: In the preface to the Second edition, we made a prediction that many exciting developments would take place in the coming years that would change the face of a new edition. This has indeed been the case and the current edition reflects these new advances. Our picture of the structure of the fatty acid synthetase has changed dramatically, bringing a new concept in enzymology - the multicatalytic polypeptide chain. This new knowledge owes much to the exploitation of genetic mutants, the use of which is undoubtedly going to extend into many other areas of lipid biochemistry. An understanding of the control of lipid metabolism has also advanced considerably during the last decade and we have tried to reflect that here, although it will be some years before a truly integrated picture can be obtained. For this reason we have continued to deal with the control of particular aspects of lipid metabolism - fatty acids, triacylglycerols, lipoprotein- in the specific chapters but we can foresee the time when a chapter on the overall integration of lipid metabolism will be appropriate and feasible. As a particular example, the exciting new concepts of the control of cholesterol metabolism in specific tissues via the interaction of low density lipoproteins with cell surface receptors have been described in Chapter 6.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Lipids: what they are and how the biochemist deals with them1.1 General introduction -- 1.2 Nomenclature and stereochemistry -- 1.3 Analytical techniques -- 1.4 Bibliography -- 2 Fatty acids -- 2.1 Structure and properties -- 2.2 The biochemistry of fatty acids -- 2.3 Summary -- 2.4 Bibliography -- 3 Neutral Lipids: glycerides, sterol esters, vitamin A esters, waxes -- 3.1 Glycerides -- 3.2 Sterol esters -- 3.3 Vitamin A esters (retinyl esters) -- 3.4 Waxes -- 3.5 Analytical techniques -- 3.6 Summary -- 3.7 Bibliography -- 4 Phospholipids -- 4.1 Classification of phospholipids -- 4.2 Structure and occurrence -- 4.3 Biosynthesis of phospholipids -- 4.4 Degradation of phospholipids -- 4.5 Analysis of phospholipids -- 4.6 Summary -- 4.7 Bibliography -- 5 Glycolipids and sulpholipids -- 5.1 Glycosyl ceramides -- 5.2 Glycosyl glycerides -- 5.3 Other glycolipids and sulpholipids -- 5.4 The analysis of glycolipid mixtures -- 5.5 Summary -- 5.6 Bibliography -- 6 Lipids as components of macromolecules -- 6.1 Physical and chemical properties of lipids -- 6.2 Physical and chemical properties of proteins -- 6.3 Association of lipids and proteins -- 6.4 Naturally-occurring lipoproteins - ‘soluble types’ -- 6.5 Naturally-occurring lipoproteins - ‘membrane types’ -- 6.6 Lipopolysaccharides and bacterial cell walls -- 6.7 Summary -- 6.8 Bibliography -- 7 Lipids in nutrition, health and disease -- 7.1 Introduction: the diverse roles of dietary lipids -- 7.2 Source and composition of dietary lipids -- 7.3 Different roles of minor lipids in food -- 7.4 The metabolism of lipids in relation to disease -- 7.5 Summary -- 7.6 Bibliography -- General index -- Supplementary index of diseases -- Supplementary index of species -- Supplementary index of tissues.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958067
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Third Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Occurrence, Distribution and Historical Perspective -- 2 Seaweed as Animal Fodder, Manure and for Energy -- 3 Sea Vegetables (Algae as Food for Man) -- 4 Laver or ‘Nori’ Industry and Carragheen or Irish Moss -- 5 Agar-agar -- 6 Algin and Alginates -- 7 Minor Uses of Algae and their Products -- 8 Mariculture of Seaweeds -- 9 Looking for Seaweeds — the World’s Supplies -- Author Index -- Plant Index.
    Kurzfassung: The 1939-45 war forced the Allied countries to seek alternative sources of raw materials and, as in the First World War, attention was paid by all belligerents to the marine algae or seaweeds. These occur in considerable quantities in various parts of the world, and attempts to make use of this cheap and readily accessible, though not so readily harvestable, raw material have been made almost from time immemorial. Much of the work on the economic utilization of seaweeds has been published only in scientific journals and has never been collected within the compass of a single book. Tressler's work on The Marine Products of Commerce contains three useful chapters on this subject, whilst Sauvageau's book, Les utilisations des Algues Marines, is a mine of valuable information, especially as regards the use of seaweeds in France. Both these volumes are, however, somewhat out of date, Tressler's being published in 1923 and Sauvageau's in 1920. Furthermore there is no book wholly on this subject in the English language, and so the present volume has been undertaken in order to fill this gap. The opportunity has also been taken to incorporate the results of researches carried out since 1920. In certain aspects of the subject it will be found that considerable advances have been made, and in the present volume particular reference to such advances will be found in the chapters on agar and alginic acid.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Occurrence, Distribution and Historical Perspective2 Seaweed as Animal Fodder, Manure and for Energy -- 3 Sea Vegetables (Algae as Food for Man) -- 4 Laver or ‘Nori’ Industry and Carragheen or Irish Moss -- 5 Agar-agar -- 6 Algin and Alginates -- 7 Minor Uses of Algae and their Products -- 8 Mariculture of Seaweeds -- 9 Looking for Seaweeds - the World’s Supplies -- Author Index -- Plant Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...